new tr ansportation sysltems center cambridge ma f/b … · 2014. 9. 27. · federal aviation...

AD-AL17 603 TR ANSPORTATION SYSlTEMS CENTER CAMBRIDGE MA F/B 1/5AIRPORT LANDSIDE. VOLUME V. APPENDIX B- ALSIM SUBROUTINES(U)JUN 82 L MCCABE. M SORSTEIN

UNCLASSIFIED DOT-TSC-AA-2-4-S FAAEM-Al B B NL

= .. '- I2 1112.2136

111111.25 11 .41 111111.6

MICROCOPY RESOLUlION T[ST CHARTNATIONAI HOPI A of IA

,A FU.4-, V Airport LandsideVolume V: Appendix BALSIM Subroutines

L. McCabeM. Gorstein

Transportation Systems CenterCambridge MA 02142

June 1982QFinal Report

This document is available to the publicthrough the National Technical InformationService. Springfield, Virginia 22161. DTIC

OSELECTEJUL 3 0 1982

US Depo', .nv of Uonsvft ons a,.Pet Aw~on Ariiat

Office of Systems Engineering and Management

Washington OC 20691

$ 9 .. ... 0

NOTICE

This document is disseminated under the sponsorshipof the Department of Transportation in the interestof information exchange. The United States Govern-ment assumes no liability for its contents or usethereof.

NOTICE

The United States Government does not endorse pro-ducts or manufacturers. Trade or manufacturers'names appear herein solely because they are con-sidered essential to the object of this report.

I

Technical ReIport Documentation Page|. Report No. 2. Government Accession No. 3. Recipient's Catalog No.

FAA-EM-80-8-V4. Title end Subtitle S. Report Date

AIRPORT LANDSIDE June 1982VOLUME V: APPENDIX B ALSIM 6. PT--irgor.t en Code

SUBROUTINES DTS-_ 5____ ____

S. Performing Organization Report No.7. Author' s)L. McCabe & M. Gorstein DOT-TSC-FAA-82-4-V9. Pe forming Organization Name and Address 10. Work Unit No. (TRAIS)U.S. Department of Transportation FA032/R113Research and Special Programs Administration 1I. Co.ntrct.r Grant No.Transportation Ssytems CenterCambridge MA 02142 13. Type of Report and Period Covered

12. Sponsoring Agency Nome nd Addresl

U.S. Department of Transportation Final ReportFederal Aviation Administration Jan 1978 Saep 1980Office of Systems Engineering Management 14. SpoinoAae CodeWashington DC 20591 ACT-42015. Supplementary Notes

16. Ab'foctThis Appendix describes the operation of ten subroutines used to

support the AUXILIARY and MAIN programs of ALSIM. Flow charts andlistings of all programs are provided. The major portion describesthe FORTRAN subprogram FORTM which is used to read input data,assign values to matrix elements, perform matrix searches and assignparameters to GPSS transactions during simulation model execution.

Six other subroutines, mostly written in IBM System/370 AssemblyLanguage, are used in the initialization phase of the simulation tolink FORTM to the MAIN program and to provide an in-core read andwrite capability. Two additional assembly language subroutines anda FORTRAN subroutine are used during simulation of the airport landsideThe first assembly language subroutine assigns the number of passengerbags to be retrieved by the deplaning passenger transaction and gen-erates random numbers to simulate waiting times at the bag claim facility.The second subroutine performs the same function as ASSIGN and LOGICblocks of GPSS, but is FORTRAN callable FORTRAN subroutine of thisgroup detects argument errors of the pz, subroutine and printserror messages.

Other voltages of the Airport Landside report are: Volume I:Planning Guide; Volume II: The Airport Landside Simulation (ALSIM)Description and Users Guide; Volume III: ALSIM Calibration andValidation; and Volume IV: Appendix A ALSIM Auxiliary and MAIN programs17. Key Words 16. Distribeutin Stetement

DOCUMENT 1s AVAILAUL TO THE U.S. PUSLICNot Appl icable THROUGH THE NATIONAL TECHNICALINFORMATION SERVICE, SPRINGFIELD.

VIRGINIA 22161

19. Security Clessif. (of this report) 20. Security Clessif. (of this pel) 21. Ne. of Paeg 22. Price

UNCLASSIFIED UNCLASSIFIED 328

Fer DOT F 1700.7 (8-72) Reroductlo. of completed page authorized

SUMMARY

This appendix contains detailed descriptions of subroutines

used during the operation of the Airport Landside Simulation

Model. The major portion of this volume describes the FORTRAN

subprogram LINKC, alias FORTM which is closely linked to the

GPSS-V AUXILIARY or MAIN programs during program execution. FORTM

expedites the flow of GPSS-V transactions within the model by

performing matrix searches and assigning values to transactionparameters.

Three major program sections of FORTM are described in this

document. A non-executable section consists of FORTRAN variable

definition, data equivalent and namelist statements. An input

section consisting of 20 subsections initializes variables, reads

input data and assigns values to GPSS matrix elements. The main

section of this subprogram consists of 26 subsections which assign

values to the GPSS transaction parameters at each type of simulated

facility. During program operation, the GPSS-V MAIN program re-

peatedly calls the main section of this subprogram as transactions

move from one simulated facility to the next.

This document also describes a set of nine other subroutines

called by the GPSS-V MAIN or AUXILIARY programs or the FORTM

subprogram. A description of the purpose, usage, restrictions and

program logic is included for each subroutine.

Most of the subroutines described are utilized in the initial-

ization stage of the simulation. Subroutines CLINK, CLINK1 and

CLINK2 establish linkages between the GPSS program and the FORTM

subprogram, permitting HELPA blocks to operate as HELPC blocks.

Subroutine MNLINK allows the simulation user to code identical

mnemonics in the GPSS program and FORTM subprogram and transfer

numerical values in either direction. Subroutine XCODE provides

an in-core read and write capability and is used in reformatting

input data read under FORTRAN format control for subsequent re-

reading. Function subprogram MHBASE/MXBASE/MLBASE provides the

base addresses of the GPSS-V halfword, fullword and floating pointmatrices used in FORTM.

iii

The three remaining subroutines are used during the simulation

phase of ALSIM. Subroutine ASSIGN/LOGIC/PVAL/FPVAL is used to

assign values to the active transaction parameters, to set logic

switches, or to obtain a parameter value from the active transac-

tion. Subroutine ARGERR is called by ASSIGN/LOGIC/PVAL/FPVAL to

print a message when an error in the argument list of one of these

entries is detected. Subroutine BAGS assign the number of bags

to be claimed by the deplaning passenger transaction and generates

random numbers for subsequent use in simulating delivery times.

Several of these subroutines branch to locations or subrou-tines utilized by the IBM Program Product General Purpose Simula-

tion System V -OS (5734-XS2). The documentation containing des-

criptions of most of the branch addresses is contained in Chapter

12 of the "General Purpose Simulation System V User's Manual"

(SH20-0851). However, the subroutines providing logic set and

reset capabilities in subroutine ASSIGN branch to locations inter-

nal to GPSS-V and could become obsolete if unreleased changes

affecting program performance were performed by IBM. The subrou-

tine XCODE branches to a location within IBCOM and relies on

maintenance of current operational instructions and register

conventions for continued successful operation.

The block diagram in Figure 1 illustrates the program levels

of ALSIM. Subroutines BAGS, FORTM and CLINK are called by GPSS-VHELP, HELPA and HELPC blocks, respectively. BAGS is an IBM

System/370 Assembly Language subroutine. The subroutines FORTM

and CLINK are both written in FORTRAN and use CALL instructions

or function references to access pr9grams in the next lower

level. With the exception of the FORTRAN subroutine MXBASE/

MHBASE/MLBASE, subroutines at the third level are written in IBM

System/370 Assembly Language. Branching to ARGERR from ASSIGN/

LOGIC/PVAL/FPVAL is discussed in the document.The blocks FORTM, LINKC and CLINK2 require explanation. The

proper name of the FORTRAN subprogram is LINKC and contains the

entry point FORTM. All calls made to this subprogram from the

GPSS-V programs are HELPA calls to the entry point FORTM.. LINKC

iv

is never called explicitly by the main or auxiliary programs.When the first HELPA call is made to FORTM, this subprogram sub-sequently calls the assembler program CLINK2. Subprogram LINKCis then called by subroutine CLINK2. This procedure is onlyperformed once. Control returns to CLINK2 before the entry pointFORTM is reached. This operation is performed to provide linkagebetween FORTM and the GPSS-V programs. Details are explained inthis appendix.

Accession For

NTIS C.RA&IDTIC TABUnannounced E-Justificatio

ByDistribution/

Availability Code.sjAvail and/or

Dist Special

v

J

4CILa

zz

>j C

zv

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section Pace

APPENDIX B-i LINKC (FORTM) SUBPROGRAM OF THE AIRPORTLANDSIDE SIMULATION MODEL (ALSIM) .......................... B-i-i

1.0 INTRODUCTION .......................................... B-1-3

2.0 NONEXECUTABLE STATEMENTS SECTION ........................ B-1-4

3.0 INPUT SECTION ......................................... B-1-7

3.1 Initial Section .................................. B-i-73.2 Flight Schedule Input ............................ B-1-93.3 Time Series Specifications ......................... B-i-li3.4 Airline Data Input ............................... B-i-i3.5 Ground Transportation Input ........................ B-I-li3.6 % Preticketed Passenger Input ...................... B-1-123.7 Walking Time/Distance Override Input .............. B-l-123.8 Parameter Card Input............................. B-l-133.9 Bus Schedule Input ............................... B-I-133.10 GPSS Storage Capacity ............................ B-I-133.11 Transfer Flight Override Input .................... B-1-143.L2 Run Title Card Input ............................. B-1-143.13 Geometry Input ................................... B-1-153.14 Flight Schedule Sorting Section .................. .B-1-183.15 Facility Sort Section ............................ B-l-193.16 Setup Facility Pointer Table Section .............. B-1-193.17 Point-to-Point Walking Time Calculation Section.. B-1-203.18 Determine Closest Entrance and Exit to Each Point

Section .......................................... B-1 -203.19 Check for Undefined Facility Section .............. B-1-203.20 Parameter Assignment and End of Input Section .... B-1-20

4.0 MAIN SECTION........ .................................. B-1-22

4.1 Baggage Unload Section..... ........................ B-1-224.2 Baggage Claim Section ............................ B-1-234.3 Customs Section .................................. B-1-244.4 Ground Transportation Mode Section ................ B-1-254.5 Rent-A-Car Section................................. B-1-284.6 Exit Section ..................................... B-1-324.7 Immigration Section .............. ........... B-1-344.8 Passenger Deplaning Curb Section .................. B-1-374.9 Car Deplaning Curb Section ....................... B-1-404.10 Enplaning Curb Section ........................... B-1-444.11 Entrance Section ................................. B-1-484.12 Ticketing and Check-in Section .................... B-1-494.13 Security Section ................................. B-1-554.14 Gate Section ..................................... B-1-57

vii

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED)

Section Page

4.15 Parking Section ............................... B-1-594.16 Transfer Passenger Section ....................... B-1-644.17 Transfer Flights Section ......................... B-1-684.18 Miscellaneous GPSS Error Conditions Section... B-1-734.19 Formatted Report Section ......................... B-1-744.20 Clock Update Section .......................... B-1-794.21 Snapshots ..................................... B-1-794.22 Change Card Processing ........................... B-1-844.23 Concession Section ............................ B-l-904.24 Concourse Section ............................. B-1-934.25 Walking Time Calculation Section ................ B-1-944.26 Error Abend and End or Program Section ........ B-1-95

APPENDIX B-2 FLOWCHARTS FOR FORTM SUBPROGRAM ............ B-2-1

APPENDIX B-3 LISTING OF FORTM SUBPROGRAM .................. B-3-1

APPENDIX B-4 ALSIM DOCUMENTATION - SUBROUTINES .......... B-4-1

FORTRAN SUBROUTINE CLINK ........................... B-4-3ASSEMBLER SUBROUTINES CLINK1 AND CLINK2

ASSEMBLER SUBROUTINE MNLINK ........................... B-4-23

ASSEMBLER SUBROUTINE XCODE ............................ B-4-31

FORTRAN FUNCTION ................................... B-4-45MHBASE/MXBASE/MLBASE

ASSEMBLER SUBROUTINE ............................... B-4-49ASSIGN/LOGIC/PVAL/FPVAL

FORTRAN SUBROUTINE ARGERR .......................... B-4-86

ASSEMBLER SUBROUTINE BAGS .......................... B-4-89

viii

APPENDIX B-i

LINK C (FORTM) SUBPROGRAM OF THE AIRPORT

LANDSIDE SIMULATION MODEL (ALSIM)

B-1-1/B-1-2

1.0 INTRODUCTION

The FORTRAN portion of the Airport Landside Simulation

program is called by the GPSS program to perform four major

functions. These are: (1) the reading of data cards specifying

airport operation; (2) filling GPSS matrices using the input

data; (3) the moving of passengers from node to node by

assigning transaction parameters; and, (4) the formatting of

GPSS and other output statistics as summaries.

This report documents the FORTRAN program, named

FORTM, and is divided in three sections. The first is the

NON-EXECUTABLE STATEMENTS SECTION which contains a description

of all the declarations, equivalence, namelist and data state-

ments needed to define and initialize variables. The second

is the INPUT SECTION which contains a description of how data

is read into the program and the initialization process for

the input and other variables. The third section is called

the MAIN SECTION and contains a description of how the program

handles the various calls from the GPSS program and assigns new

values for parameters at each type of landside facility.

Flowcharts and a listing of the program are also

included in the appendices.

B-1-3

2.0 HONEXECUTABLE STATEMENTS SECTION

This section starts with the subroutine LINKC statement

which has the standard GPSS list of values to be passed and

a set of INTEGER, REAL, and DIMENSION cards which set up the

HELPC type link to the GPSS program. Next a list of INTEGER,

REAL, DIMENSION, and DATA statements define and initialize

numerous variables. A data statement then places the names

of all the facility types in the array FACTYPE. The order

in which the enplaning curb areas are searched for a vacant

space is placed by a data statement in the array IEPSCH.

A final data statement then places the full title of the

facilities as written on input data cards in array NAMER8.

Equivalence and namelist statements are described in

Tables 1 and 2 respectively. A set of statement functions

follow which use bases, addresses, numbers of columns and

row-column identifier of each element to compute the locations

of the GPSS matrix elements. This section ends with a RETURN.

B-1-4

TABLE .. EQUIVALENCE STATEMENTS

ARRAY OR SCALAR NAME EQUIVALENCED TO

DUMB (1) Input values to be zeroed beforeIDUMl(1 to 2!) new input line is read in.

NFASCM (1 to 195, 1) Names of scalars identifyingnumbers of facility types.

NFASCM (1 to 20, 2) INDEXF (I to 20) Index number offacility type. Add facility numberin type for MH9 row.

FACQSX (1 to 14) Scalars which contain the base.values assigned each facilitytype by the GPSS compiler.

NSORT (Integer*4) NSORTD (1 to 2) (Integer*2)Allows the section of the programthat sorts the facilities to sortMH9 by facility number and byfacility type in a single pass.

FROMTO (1 to 2) FROM, TO

B-1-5

TABLE 2. NAMELIST STATEMENTS

NAMELISTNAME USAGE DEFAULTS

AL Airline cards

BU Bus/Limousine Card ARVBUS - 0DEPBUS - 0

FL Arriving and departing DOM = 1flight cards AIRLIN = DEFLIN

TPAX = 0

GE Facility location cards

GT Ground Transportationcards

OV Walking Time Overridecards

PA Parameter card WWGATE -0.0 LVAV.LqprATF -0.0 LEAVEC m-BOARDT 15 min LEAVEV =10ERRORS =50

S Storage cards

ST Initial cards SCALE - 1DSTFAC = 1.1WALKSP - 1.0 meter/sec.

TI % Preticketed card

TR Transfer Flight card ADD = 7200 sec.DELETE - 1800 sec.

rH Server rhanae

TS Time Series Output

B-1-6

3.0 INPUT SECTIOtN

3.1 INITIAL SECTION

The first statement in this section is an ENTRY state-

ment with the six element array IVALUE passed as a parameter.

The program then branches to the statement number which has

the same value as IVALUE(1).

If IVALUE(1) is 1, the program goes to statement number

1, which is the start of the input section. Variables used

for counters are set to zero and default values are set

to those listed in Table 2, with the exception of those under

namelist FL.

The first input card is then read. If the card is the

JOBTAPE card, a flag is set to indicate that the GPSS auxiliary

program is being used, and the next card is then read. If

this card is a comment card, indicated by an asterisk in the

first column, the next card is read. This card, which should

be the INITIAL card, is written to main memory and read with

a namelist format of ST. The simulation start and finish

times, default bag claim area DEFBAG, the default airline

DEFLIN, a factor DSTFAC accounting for non-direct paths between

points, a scale factor and a walking speed are contained on

this card. Subroutine OLINK is then called to set up the

mnemonic link transfer from either of two calling statements,

B-1-7

depending upon whether the auxiliary or the main program is

using the program. Subroutine CLINK2 is then called to

transfer the address list from GPSS. For the main program,

the contents of the variables containing the default values

for the time of adding, ADD, or deleting, DELETE, from the

transfer flight table in seconds are placed in their respective

savevalues, XFADH and XFDXH. A scaling factor, SCLXH, is

used to allow GPSS transactions to represent N passenger groups.

Starting locations of GPSS matrices are computed using the

functions MHBASE and MLBASE. The contents of the variables

containing the times for the start, START, in hours, and end,

FINISH, in seconds, of the simulation are placed in their

respective savevalues, ' LK" and ENDXF.

The section of the program that is used to read in the

rest of the cards then follows. The area of main memory that

will contain the input values is zeroed out first. The

variable TWOWAY is blanked out. A card is then read in, and

the counter, NCARD, for the number of cards read in and the

counter for the number of output lines, LINECT, are incre-

mented. If the counter, LINECT, for the number of output lines

exceeds 50, then the counter is set back to one and the page

title 'INPUT DATA' is printed at the top of the next page.

The line is then printed out with a line number. If the card

is a comment card then the program branches back to the section

that reads in the next card. If the card is not a comment

card, the program next branches to the section that handles the

type of the input card. For the geometry input cards the card

B-1-8

identifier is compared with the array FACTYP. When the match-

ing facility is found the program notes the facility type

number, I, and then branches to the geometry input section.

If the card is not a recognized input type the program prints

out an error message; sets an error flag, NERRSW; assigns 1000

to PHI; and branches back to the section that reads the next

card in.

3.2 FLIGHT SCHEDULE INPUT

The input line is written into main memory and then

read again with a namelist format of FL. The counter, NROW,

for the number of rows in the Flight Schedule Matrix Savevalue,

MHl, is incremented by one. Next the value of the GATE,

PAX, and TIME variables is checked. If any of these variables

have a value of zero then the program prints an error message;

sets an error flag, NERRSW; assigns 1000 to PH1; and branches

back to the section that reads the next card in. Next, the

program tests whether the flight is an arrival or departure

flight. If the flight is a departure then the program determines

if both the default airline and the input AIRLIN are zero.

If both are zero the prog ram proceeds as in the previous error

condition. Otherwise the program sets Ml(NROW,l) to 1, to

indicate a departure flight. Next Ml(NROW,2) is set equal to

the input flight number, FLTNO. The program then determines if the

variable AIRLINE has been specified in the input. If it has

B-1-9

not, the AIRLIN is set equal to the default airline, DEFLIN.

Then MHl(NROW,3) is set equal to AIRLIN. MHl(NROW,4) is set

equal to TIME, the scheduled arrival or departure time. MHl

(NROW,6) is then set to time of flight from start in minutes.

Next, MHILNROW,7) is set to 1, 2, or 3 for DOMESTIC, COMMUTER

or INTERNATIONAL flights respectively. MHI(NROW,8) is set to

aircraft type, AC. MHI(NROW,9) is next set to the qate number,

GATE. If the input BAG is zero and if it is an arrival flight,

then BAG is set equal to the default baqaae area number, DEFBAG.

If BAG is still zero and it is an arrival flight, then the program

prints an error message; sets an error flag, NRRSW; assigns

1000 to PHi; and branches back to read in the next card. If BAG

is non-zero, MHI(NROW,12) is then set equal to BAG, the baggage area

number. If the SCALE is not equal to 1, then MHl(NROW,10) is

set equal to PAX, the number of terminating or originating

passengers on the flight, divided by SCALE plus 0.51 to round

to a whole integer; and MHl (NROW,ll) is set equal to TPAX(l),

the number of transfer passengers in the flight, divided by

SCALE plus 0.51. If the scale is equal to 1 then MHl(NROW,10)

and MHl(NROW,11) are set equal to PAX and TPAX(l) respectively.

For simulations of a single concourse, with transfer

passengers originatinq on other concourses, the input value

TPAX(2) is placed in MHI(NROW,13). If transit passengers are

simulated, TPAX (3) is placed in MHl(NROW,16). These two

uantities are scaled as PAX and TPAX (3). The program

then branches back to the section that reads in the next card.

B-1-10

3.3 TIME SERIES SPECIFICATIONS

The program writes the input line to main memory and

reads the record with namelist name TS. Values of GPSTO, GPQUE

or GPHALF elements are read into their respective array.

These values are the absolute numbers of the GPSS storages,

queues, or halfword savevalues selected for time series print-

outs. Flow and queue length values are produced periodically

during this simulation run for the specified GPSS storages and

queues. GPSS halfword savevalues are also output and are used

to represent flow at specified GPSS program areas.

3.4 AIRLINE DATA INPUT

If the jobtape flag is set, the program branches back to

the section that reads in the next card. If the jobtape flag

is not set, the input line is then written into main memory

and read with a namelist format of AL. For each airline, J,

specified, MH2(J,l) is set equal to EPCURB, the enplaning curb

number; MH(J,2) is set equal to the percent of preticketed

passengers using express check-in times 10, EXPCHK*I0: and MH2

(J,3) is set equal to BUSTOP, the bus stop area number for

enplaning passengers. The. program next branches back to the

section that reads in the next card.

3.5 GROUND TRANSPORTATION INPUT

Input variables are first initialized to zero. The program

writes the input line to main memory and reads with a namelist

format of GT. All variables read in are divided by 100 to

obtain percentages. The variable I is set equal to 1, 2, or 3

B-1-11

for DOMESTIC, COMMUTER or INTERNATIONAL flights respectively.

If the Jobtape flag is set, the program places the cumulative

percentages for private car, rented car, bus and taxi respec-

tively for the auxiliary program in ML2(I,l through 4). If

the jobtape flag is not set, the program places the cumulative

percentages for, rental, bus, and taxi respectively with pri-

vate car excluded in ML2(I,2 through 4). The program then

branches back to read in the next card.

3.6 %PRETICKETED PASSENGER INPUT

The program writes the input line to main memory and

then reads with a namelist format of TI. The program then

places in MH4(l through 3, 1) the percent of preticketed

passengers*10 for DOMESTIC, COMMUTER, and INTERNATIONAL flights

respectively. Next, the program places in MH4(l through 3, 2)

the percent of preticketed direct *100 divided by % preticket-

ed if both the % preticketed variable and the % preticketed

direct variables are greater than 0. The program then branches

back to the section that reads in the next card.

3.7 WALKING TIME/DISTANCE OVERRIDE INPUT

If the jobtape flag is set, the program branches

back to the section that reads in the next card. If the job-

tape flag is not set, the program writes the input line to

main memory and reads it with a namelist format of OV. If the

input walking time, TIME, is equal to zero, which indicates

that the distance, DIST, was input instead, TIME is set equal

to DIST/WALKSP, the walking distance divided by the walking

B-1-12

speed. The program then places the walking time, TIME in MH6

(FROM, TO) and MH6(TO, FROM). The program then branches back

to the section that reads in the next card.

3.8 PARAMETER CARD INPUT



is not set, the program writes the input line to the main memory

and reads in the variables with a namelist format of PA. The

program then branches back to the section that reads in the next

card.

3.9 BUS SCHEDULE INPUT


the section that reads in the next card. If the jobtape card

is not set, the program writes the input to main memory and

reads with a namelist format of BU. The program then places

in savevalue ABUXH, ARBUS*60, the interval in seconds between

bus arrivals. Next, the program places in savevalue DBUXH,

DEPBUS*60, the interval in seconds between bus departures. The

program then branches back to the section that reads in the next

card.

3.10 GPSS STORAGE CAPACITY


the section that reads in the next card. If the job tape flag 1is not set, the program writes the input to main memory and

reads with a namelist format of S. For each storage specified

on the input card the number of available units for that storage

B-1-13

L~ ~ ~~~ . . . ... . .. a. ,i

is set equal to the input specified. The program then branches

back to the section that reads in the next card.

3.11 TRANSFER FLIGHT OVERRIDE INPUT


the section that reads in the next card. If the jobtape card

is not set, the program writes the input line to main memory

and reads with a namelist format of TR. If the input variable

ADD is greater than zero, then the time for adding a flight to

the transfer flight table in seconds, ADD*60, is placed in

savevalue XFAXH. If the input variable, DELETE, is greater

than zero, then the time for deleting a flight from the trans-

fer flight table in seconds, DELETE*60, is placed in savevalue

XFDXH. The program then branches back to the section that

reads in the next card.

3.12 RUN TITLE CARD INPUT



is not set, the program determines if there are more than 5

title lines. If there are, an error message will be written

stating that only 5 title lines can be input and that the

current line will not be used, and then the program branches

back to the section that reads in the next card. If the number

of title lines does not exceed 5, then the program increments

the counter, NTLINS, for the number of title lines by one.

Next, the input line is written to main memory and read into

array ITITLE. The program then branches back to the section

that reads in the next card.

B-1-14

3.13 GEOMETRY INPUT

If the Jobtape flag is set, the program branches back to


is not set, the element of FACOSX corresponding to the facility

type number, I, is obtained. This element is the GPSS identi-

fier number for the first queue-storage entity of this type.

Two(2) is then subtracted from this number to aid in accessing

the Nth facility of this type. This is performed for two reasons,

each requiring a subtraction by unity.

This value is 'first decremented by one so that the Nth

facility of a class may be directly referenced if the value of

N is one or greater. If M represents the number of the first

facility of the Ith class, the Nth facility is identified as

the M+N-l landside facility. One is subtracted from M

for convenient reference. For example, if the gates have been

assigned storage numbers 25 through 42 in the GPSS program

and the variable GAQSL or M, representing the first gate

facility, is also defined as 25, subtracting one from this value

allows the referencing of the Nth entity of this type, where,

in this example N ranges from 1 to 18. Thus 24 + N identifies

the GPSS storage number for the Nth gate.

The second value of one is subtracted because of the

nature of addressing GPSS arrays containing entity information.

One objective of the facility data card is to provide the GPSS

program with the number of available service units at a

particular facility. This is performed by placing the number

of servers from input data into the standard array ISTO. The

B-1-15

I [...... .. . . ' g I id l l .. . ... . . . . . . . .. . .. .. .

location of the element is computed in FORTRAN. When the Nth

member of a specific entity type is addressed, the formula for

locating the subscript of the ISTO matrix contains an N-1 term

when referring to the Nth entity index number. To continue

the above example, the subscript K. of ISTO, when used in

reference to the Nth gate, is given by M+N-2 or 23+N.

Following the location of the ISTO MATRIX, the program sets

the variable NOFAC to the value I, the number of the facility type.

The program then blanks out long facility name titles if necessary.

Next, the input line is written to main memory and read with a name

list format of GE. If the error flag, NERRSW, is set, the program

branches back to the section that reads in the next card. If the

input value of the X or Y coordinate is not equal to zero, the value

are placed in MH3(I, 1 to 2) respectively, where I is the point num-

ber. If the exit point, EXITPT, or entrance point, ENTRPT, are

specified as other than the nearest one to the Ith point, they are

entered in MH3(I,3) and MH3 (1,4); otherwise the program will later

compute these.

The program then processes from one to four facilities of one

type which are allowed on one input line. For each facility

specified on the input line, the counter for the total number

of facilities NGEO, is incremented by 1, and the counter for

the number of facilities of a given type, NFASCM(NOFAC,1), is

also incremented by 1. For each facility, MH9(NGEO,l) is set

equal to the facility type NOFAC; MH9(NGEO,2) is set equal to

the facility number in type, FACNO(I); and MH9(NGEO,3) is set equal

to the point number, POINT, respectively. If the point number

B-1-16

A

of the facility being processed is greater than the previous

maximum point number, MAXPT, then the maximum point number is

set equal to the current point number. If a size for the facil-

ity is nonzero, SIXE (I), the number of available units in storage

for that facility is set equal to ISTO(k). For a zero value of

SIZE (I), the program assigns the GPSS default value for storage

size.

When enplaning and deplaninq curbside facilities are being

processed, sizes of each are divided by the scale factor and

ISTO(k) is redefined by the result. For each of these facility

tyDes, storages are designated in the GPSS program for double

parking and queuing. The sizes of each storage are specified

by input variable DPARK and CURBQ, respectively. When an enplaning

or deplaning curbside data card is processed, the double parking

and queue storage numbers, K, are calculated and ISTO(k) is made

equal to DPARK or CURBQ. A default value of one is used if

either size is zero.

Parameters specific to each facility type are equivalenced

to elements of the array IPARAM. These are placed in columns

4 through 6 of MH9.

Terminal entrance and exits are assumed to be bi-directional

unless the parameter, TWOWAY = NO, is specified on the data

card. If the facility tyDe is not an entrance or an exit, the

proqram branches back to the section that reads in the next input

card. When the facility type is an entrance or exit, then the

program determines if the variable TWOWAY is set equal to 'NO'.

B-1-17

TWOWAY can be set to 'NO' by the input line, which means that

the entrance or exit specified is only an entrance or an exit,

or TWOWAY can be set to 'NO' by the program to indicate that

the program has already created a side-by-side entrance/exit for

this facility. If TWOWAY is 'NO' then the program branches back

to the section that reads in the next input line. For TWOWAY

not equal to 'NO', and an exit card input, the variable for

the facility type, I, is set equal to 6, the number for an

entrance. If TWOWAY is 'NOl; and an entrance card is input,

the variable I is set equal to 7, the number for an exit. The

program sets TWOWAY equl to 'NO' and branches back to the

start of the Geometry Input Section to define the other side

of the entrance/exit pair.

3.14 FLIGHT SCHEDULE SORTING SECTION

The program branches to this section when the end of file

is encountered when reading in the input line. If the error

flag, NERRSW, has been set then the program branches to state-

ment number 99999 which is a RETURN. The flight schedule in

MHl is sorted by time after simulation start in column 6. The

value -1, is then placed in MHl(NROW+ll) to indicate the end

of the flight schedule. If the jobtape flag is set, the program

writes the message 'END OF INPUT DATA' and branches to state-

ment number 99999 which is a RETURN. If the jobtape flag is

not set then the program goes to the FACILTIY SORT SECTION.

B-1-18

LA.

3.15 FACILITY SORT SECTION

The flag, NSWTC1, is placed in a reset condition, then the

program sorts the facility table, MH9, by facility type and

number in type. Facility type and number in type are sorted

in one pass because the type and number for each entity are

placed in one word, NSORT. Following this sort, NSTCW1 is

tested. If it is set, then the program branches to the SET UP

FACILITY POINTER TABLE SECTION. If the flag, NSWTC1, is in a

reset condition the program determines if any numbers have been

skipped or if a duplication of facility numbers exists in the

defining of facilities in MH9. If there have been skipped

facility numbers the program creates dummy facilities in MH9

using the numbers that have been skipped. Doubly defined facil-

ities terminate the simulation. The program sets the flag,

NSWTC1, and branches back to again sort MH9 and perfccms the

subsequent test on NSTWC1. If there are no skippya tacj'>t

numbers in MH9, the program then goes to the SET UP ?ACILITY

POINTER TABLE SECTION.

3.16 SETUP FACILITY POINTER TABLE SECTION

This section sets up the facility pointer table, MH8, which

is the same as the array NFASCM. The program places in MH8 (1

through 20,1) the number of the facility in its type, from

NFASCN 1,1). The program then places in MH8 (1 to 20,2) the &

index number of the facility, NFASCM(I,2), which is the number

of rows in MH9 before this facility type. The program then

goes on to the POINT-TO-POINT WALKING TIME CALCULATING SECTION.

B-1-19

3.17 POINT-TO-POINT WALKING TIME CALCULATION SECTION

The program calculates the ilking time for each pair of

points and stores it in MH6. If both the X and Y coordinates

are zero for a point, indicating a possibly undefined point,

then a message is written indicating the point with (0,0)

coordinates. If the walking time for a point-to-point pair

was previously input in the WALKING TIME/DISTANCE OVERRIDE

INPUT SECTION then the value for that point-to-point pair is

left as defined. The program then goes on to the DETERMINE

CLOSEST ENTRANCE AND EXIT TO EACH POINT SECTION.

3.18 DETERMINE CLOSEST ENTRANCE AND EXIT TO EACH POINT SECTION

The program determines the closest entrance and exit to

each point and stores it in MH3 (1 to MAXPT, 3 to 4) respectively.

If the closest entrance or exit was previously defined in the

GEOMETRY INPUT SECTION then the value for that entrance or exit

is used. The program then goes on to the CHECK FOR UNDEFINED

FACILITY SECTION.

3.19 CHECK FOR UNDEFINED FACILITY SECTION

The program checks the array, NFASCM, to determine if any

facilities have not been defined. For undefined facilities the

program writes a message which includes the statement that the

following facilities are undefined, the list of the undefined

facilities, and the statement that execution continues. The

program then goes on to the END OF INPUT SECTION.

3.20 PARAMETER ASSIGNMENT AND END OF INPUT SECTION

The program sets the savevalue, BDTXE, equal to the

B-1-20

boarding time, BOARDT, in seconds. The latest times of transit

and transfer passengers for leaving lobby and concessions,

LEAVEL and LEAVEC, and the spread, LEAVEV, of the uniform

random distribution modifying these times are converted from

minutes to seconds. Percentages of well-wishers proceeding to

the gate, vehicles proceeding from enplaning curbside to parking

and percentages of enplaning ticketed passengers using curbside

check-in are multiplied by 10 and converted to savevalues,

WWGXH, CPKXH, and CRBXH respectively.

The percentage of terminating passengers with greeters,

GREET, is divided by 100 and placed in the floating point

savevalue GRTXL. The percentage of greeted terminating pas-

sengers greeted at curbside, CRBGT, is divided by 100 and

placed in the floating point savevalue CGTXL. The percentage

of greeters proceeding to the gate, GRGATE and the percentage

of greeters proceeding to the parking facility and deplaning

curbside for passenger pick up, PRKCRB are divided by 100 and

assigned to GRGXL and PGBXL respectively. The message, 'END

OF INPUT DATA' is written, and the program branches to state-

ment number 99999, which is a RETURN.

B-1-21

0ECTION

4.1 BAGGAGE UNLOAD SECTION

This section is called once for each arriving flight.

The section first scans the matrix savevalue MH7, which was

built by successive calls to 'BAGS' by the passenger trans-

actions. Each passenger bag generates a random number from

1 to 64. The matrix MH7, which is a single column matrix

of 64 rows, contains a count of the number of times each

random number was generated for an arriving flight. MH7 is

examined row by row in ascending order and is zeroed out after

examination. For each row, the program retains a cumulative

sum of bags. This cumulative sum is tested in steps of ten

bags. Each time a value of ten is added to the bag count the

value of the random number, which is the MH7 row number, is

assigned to byte parameter number NOB, which is initially

set to forty. NOPB is then decremented by one. If a value has

been assigned to byte parameter number 1 (NOPB = 1), then the

value 64 is assigned to byte parameter number 1 and the

program branches to 99999. This is done to insure that NOPB

is not decremented to zero and then negative numbers, which would

mean the program would attempt to assign a value to a byte

parameter with a zero or negative number.

After all the rows of MH7 have been examined, the program

determines whether the value 64 was assigned to the byte

parameter which was assigned last. If this is not the case,

the value 64 is then assigned to the byte parameter which

was assigned last. This is done in order to cover the case

B-1-22

bA

when the cumulative count of bags is not a multiple of ten.

This would cause the bags in the cumulative count, after the

last multiple of ten, to not have their random number assigned

to a byte parameter. The assigning of 64 to the last byte

parameter assures that all bags are accounted for and that all

passengers with bags will be unlinked to the GPSS BAGGAGE CLAIM

SECTION. The program then branches to 99999.

4.2 BAGGAGE CLAIM SECTION

This section is called once for each deplaning passenger

who has a bag. The section first determines the MH9 row

number, J, by adding the index number for baggage claim areas,

INDEXF(4), to the number of the baggage claim area wanted,

MHI(IV3,12). Next, the point number of the baggage claim area

is determined, MH9(J,3), and placed in NPTTO. The program then

assigns a statement number, 309, to NEXT which will be used to

return from the WALKING TIME CALCULATION SECTION. The program

then branches to the WALKING TIME CALCULATION SECTION.

After the walking time is calculated, the program branches

back to statement number 309. Halfword parameter 2 is assigned

the point number, NPPTO, for the baggage claim area. Byte

parameter 11 is assigned the process code for the baggage claim

area, 4. Halfword parameter 7 is assigned the MH9 row number,

J. The program then branches to 99999.

B-1-23

4.3 CUSTOMS SECTION

This section is called once for each passenger deplaning

from an international flight. The section first determines

the associated customs facility number L, from MH9(IV3,4). The

MH9 row number for the associated customs facility, J, is then

determined by adding the associated customs facility number,

L, to the index number for customs facilities, INDEXF (5). Next,

the point number, NPPTO, of the associated customs facility

is then assigned from MH9(J,3). The program then assigns a

statement number, 313, to NEXT which will be used to return from

the WALKING TIME CALCULATION SECTION. The program then branches

to the WALKING TIME CALCULATION SECTION.


back to statement number 313. The storage and queue number, M,

is determined by adding the associated facility number, L, and

the base value for customs facilities, CUSQS, minus one. The

subtraction is done because the variable CUSQS contains the

number of the first storage for customs, thus one is subtracted

in order that the number of the customs facility can be added

to CUSQS in order to get the correct storage number. Halfword

parameter 2 is assigned the point number, NPPTO. Halfword

parameter 5 is assigned the storage queue number for customs,

M. Halfword parameter 7 is assigned the MH9 row number, J,

for the associated customs facility. Byte parameter 5 is

assigned the process code for customs, 5. The program then

branches to 99999.

B-1-24

4.4 GROUND TRANSPORTATION MODE SECTION

This section is called once for each passenger on each

arrival flight by the main program and once for each passenger

on a departing flight, by the auxiliary program. The section

first determines if the jobtype flag, JOBT, has been set. If

set, meaning that the auxiliary program is using the

FORTRAN program, the program sets the variable K to 1, which

indicates that the program will include the private car mode

in the list of selectable transportation modes. The variable

L is set to 0, and then the program determines if the

array value for % preticketed, MH4(IV4,1), is less than the

variable IV2. The variable IV2, which is the same as IVALUE(2),

is set in the auxiliary program and passed to the FORTRAN

program as the random number, RN4. If the % preticketed value

is less than the random number, IV2, the flag L is set to 1,

which indicates that the passenger is not preticketed. The

program then goes to the next statement which is at statement

number 701.

If the jobtype flag, JOBT, is not set, which means that

the main GPSS program is using the FORTRAN program, the

variable K is set to 3, which indicates that the program

section will handle the private car mode of transportation

separately from the other modes of transportation.

B-1-25

At statement number 701, the random number in IV3, which

is the same as IVALUE(3), is normalized to a value between 0

and 1, and placed in TEMPCT. The program then determines which

cumulative percentage for the different types of transportation

that the normalized random number is less than or equal to,

but greater than the cumulative percentage for the previous

mode of transportation. The modes of transportation in their

order of being tested are the following: rental car,

bus/limousine, and taxi which have the codes 3, 4 and 5,

respectively. If the test is satisfied for a mode of transporta-

tion then byte parameter 6 is assigned the value of J, which is

the code for the mode of transportation for that passenger.

Byte parameter 9 is assigned the value of L, which is the flag

for whether the passenger is preticketed or not. This byte

parameter is only used for this purpose in the auxiliary program

and not in the main GPSS program.

If the test is not satisfied for any of the modes of trans-

portation, that is, the normalized random number is not less

than or equal to any of the cumulative percentages for the

different types of transportation; the error count, NERCNT,

is incremented by 1. If the error count is equal to the maximum

allowable number of errors, ERRORS, then the program branches

to 999. If the error count is not equal to the maximum number

of errors, then the message 'PROBLEM IN GROUND TRANSPORTATION

B-1-26

MODE LOGIC' is written. The program then assigns byte parameter

6 the value of 4 as a default which is the code for bus/limousine.

BYTE parameter 9 is then assigned the value of L. The same holds

true for this assignment of byte parameter 9 as the previous

assignment of byte parameter 9. The program then branches to

statement number 99999.

B-1-2 7

4.5 RENT-A-CAR SECTION

This section is called each time a deplaning passenger

goes to a car rental agency. This section first determines

which rows in MH9 are car rental facilities by using the

variable INDEXF(11), the index for car rental agencies in MH9,

and NORENT, the total number of car rental facilities. The

variable I is set to the MH9 row number which has the first

car rental facility. The variable J is set to the MH9 row

number which has the last car rental facility. Since

each facility corresponds to a counter, several of which

can belong to the same car rental agency and have the same

car rental agency code number, this section must therefore

scan through the car rental facilities in MH9 to determine

which counter with the car rental agency code IV3

has the shortest walking time from the deplaning passenger's

current position. The variable LTEMP is used to keep the car

rental agency facility number. If the value in MH9(N,4),

which is the car rental agency code for car rental agency facility

number LTEMP, is equal to the car rental agency code, IV3, of

the car rental agency that is wanted, then the program compares

the walking time of that facility to the previous lowest walking

time of a car rental facility with the correct car rental

agency code. If the car rental facility that is being tested

has a shorter walking time, then its point number is saved in

MINPTO, its MH9 row number is saved in ITEMP3, and the car

B-1- 2 8

rental facility number is saved in L.

After the scanning is finished, the program determines

if MINPTO is greater than zero. If the variable MINPTO is

greater than zero then at least one facility was found with

the correct car rental process code. The program then sets

the variable NPTTO to MINPTO, the point number of the car

agency facility with the shortest walking distance. The

statement number 326 is then assigned to the variable NEXT,

and the program then branches to statement number 950 to

determine the walking distance.

After the walking distance is determined, the program

branches back to the statement number 326 and the program then

determines the queue-storage number, M, of the car rental agency

facility picked by adding the variable RCRQS to L, and subtracting

one. One is subtracted because the variable RCRQS, which

is passed from the GPSS program, contains the number of the

first queue and storage assigned to a car rental agency facility,

thus one must be subtracted from it in order to add the facility

number of the car rental agency wanted to get the correct queue

storage number.

The program then assigns to halfword parameter 2 the value

of variable MINPTO, the point number of the car rental agency

with the minimum walking distance. Halfword parameter 5 is then

assigned the value of variable M, which is the queue-storage

number of the car rental agency facility that was picked.

Halfword parameter 7 is then assigned the value of variable

B-1-29

ITEMP3, which is the MH9 row number of the car rental agency

facility that was picked. Halfword parameter 11 is then assigned

the value 11, which is the process code for the car rental agency.

If the variable MINPTO is equal to zero then no facilities

were found with the correct car rental process code. The program

then scans the car rental facilities and determines if any of

the car rental agency facilities have been defined. This is

done by determining if the car rental agency code is greater

than zero. If no car rental agencies are defined, the program

checks an error flag, NRCRSW. If the error flag is equal to

1, the program branches to staterent number 99999 in order not

to repeat the error message. If the error flag is not equal

to 1, the program sets the error flag NRCRSW to 1, and writes the

message 'NO CAR RENTAL FACILITIES DEFINED. THIS MESSAGE WILL

NOT REPEAT.', and branches to statement number 99999.

If, during the scan, a car rental facility is found to be

defined, which means it has a car rental agency code greater

than zero, then the point number, NPTTO, is obtained from MH9-

(N,3), and the MH9 row number, ITEMP3, is obtained from N,

then the message 'NO FACILITY DEFINED FOR CAR RENTAL AGENCY CODE,'

IV3,'FACILITY FOR AGENCY CODE', K,'USED' is written, the error count

NERCNT, is then incremented by 1. The program next determines

if the error count is greater than the maximum allowable error

count, ERRORS. If the error count is greater, the program

branches to statement number 999, the section which will stop

the simulation because of the cumulative error count. If the

error count is not greater, the program sets the variable IV3

B-1-30

pA

to K, the code for the alternate car rental agency and the

variable MINPTO is set to NPTTO, the point number of the

alternate car rental agency. The program then branches to


B-1-31

4.6 EXIT SECTION

This section is called each time a derlaning passenger

is to ao throuah an exit to the deplanina curb. The Droaram

first determines if the next address for the passenger is the

deplaning curb, DPLCO, a return to the control section, CGTRO,

which will immediately branch to DPLCO, or the parking garage,

CRTOO. If the address is not DPLCO, CGTRO or GRTOO, then the

program will set I to the value of byte parameter 1 and the

message 'ATTEMPT TO EXIT TO BLOCK NUMBER', IV4, 'VIA EXIT

CHECK FUNCTION', I, will be printed. The error count,

NERCNT, is incremented by 1, and then tested to determine

if it is equal to the maximum allowable number of errors,

ERRORS. If NERCNT is equal to ERRORS, the program branches to

999, the section which will stoD the simulation because of the

cumulative error count. If NERCNT is not equal to ERRORS,

the proaram branches to 99999.

When the address is either DPLCO, CGTRO, or GRTOO, the pro-

gram determines if the current process, IV3, is for a gate,

baaaage claim, -ustoms, rent-a-car, or security which have

process numbers 1, 4, 5, 11, or 3, respectively. The program

branches to the part of this section corresponding to the

current process number. Regardless of the process number,

each program section that is branched to has the same logic.

The reason for this is so that any future changes for one type of

facility proaram section could be easily modified without

B-1-32

interfering with the logic for the other types of facilities.

The logic for each type of facility is as follows:

The variable J is equated to the value of MH9

(IV5,3), which is the point number of the

passenger's current location. The index, IV5, is

the MH9 row number of the last facility.

The variable NPTTO is then set to the value

of MH3 (J,3), the point number of the exit closest to the

facility. The statement number following the next

instruction is assigned to the variable NEXT.

The program branches to statement number 950

to determine the walking time to the exit.

After the walking time is determined, the program

branches back to the statement following the

'GO TO 950' statement. Halfword variable 2

is then assigned the value of NPTTO, the

point number of the nearest exit. TLe program

then branches to 99999.

B-1-33

4.7 IMMIGRATION SECTION

This section is called for each deplaning Passenaer

from an international flight. The variable NPTFM is set

equal to IVALUE(2), the point number of the current location.

The variable IV3 is set to IVALUE(3), the *ate number. The

variable L is then set to MH9(IV3,5), the number of the

designated immigration facility for that gate. Gate index

numbers do not need to be determined because the gate

facilities are the first type of facility in MH9, and their

index number would be zero. If L is greater than zero then

the designated immigration facility for that gate has been

defined, and the program branches to statement 335 to con-

tinue normal processing.

At statement number 335 the variable J is set to L plus

INDEXF(13), the index number for immicration facilities. This

determines the MH9 row number for the immigration facility

specified. The variable NPTTO is set.to MH9(J,3), the point

number of the specified immigration facility. Statement

number 338 is assigned to the variable NEXT, and the program

branches to statement number 950 to determine the walking time.


back to statement number 338. The variable M is then set to

IMMOS plus L minus 1 where IMMOS, which is passed from the

GPSS program, is the number of the first gueue-storage used

Lor immigration facilities. M is then the number of the

B-1-34

queue-storaQe associated with immigration facility number

L. The reason for subtracting 1 from L is the same for the

setting of the variable M in the RENT-A-CAR SECTION, Section

4.5. Halfword parameter 2 is then assigned the value of

NPTTO, the point number of the designated immiaration facility.

The queue storage number, M, is placed in halfword parameter 5.

Halfword parameter 7 is set to the value of J, the MH9 row number.

Byte parameter 11 is assigned the value 13, which is the process

code for immigration facilities. Halfword parameter 8 is also

set to J, the MH9 row number, so that the MH9 row number of

the immigration facility can be passed back to the FORTM

program from the Customs Section of the GPSS program. The

value of J in PH7 is lost before the transaction gets to

the Customs Section of the GPSS program. The program then

branches to statement number 99999.

If the value of L is not greater than zero then one

designated immigration facility has been defined for that gate

and the program starts checking for errors. The program

then determines if the variable NOIMMI, which is the number of

immigration facilities, is greater than zero. If NOIMMI is not

greater than zero, then no immigration facilities have been

defined and the program writes the message, 'PASSENGER ATTEMPTED

TO GO TO IMMIGRATION. NO FACILITIES DEFINED'. The error count,

NERCNT, is incremented by one and the program determines if

the error count is equal to the maximum allowable number of

errors, ERRORS. If the error count is equal to ERRORS then

B-1-35

the program branches to statement number 999, the section which

will stop the simulation due to the cumulative error count. If

the error count is less than ERRORS, the program branches to


If the variable NOIMMI is greater than zero then there

is at least one defined immigration facility, even though the

designated immigration facility for the particular gate is

not specified. The variable J is set to INDEXF(13), the index

number for immigration facilities. The variable K is set to J

plus NOIMMI, to obtain the MH9 row number of the last immigration

facility. J is then incremented by 1 to obtain the MH9 row num-

ber of the first immigration facility. The program then tests each

immigration facility in turn, keeping the variable L as the

number of the facility, to determine the first immigration

facility that has a point number, MH9(N,3), which is greater

than zero, indicating that the facility has been defined.

L is then set to the point number of the chosen immigration

facility. The message, 'NO IMMIGRATION FACILITY DEFINED FOR

GATE', IV3, L, 'CHOSEN', is then written. The error count,

NERCNT, is then incremented by one. The program then determines

if the error count is equal to the maximum allowable error

count, ERRORS. If the error count is equal to ERRORS, then

the program branches to statement number 999. If the error

count is less than ERRORS, the program continues to the next

statement which is at statement number 335.

B-1-36

4.8 PASSENGER DEPLANING CURB SECTION

This section is called once for each deplaning passenger

proceeding to the deplaning curb. The variable IV2 and IV3

are set to NPTFM and IVALUE (3) which are the respective

current process code and the previous facility nuiAber for

facilities other than an exit. The variable IV5 is set to

IVALUE (5), the flight table row number. The procram

determines if the current process code, IV3, is for a gate

baggaae claim, customs, rent-a-car, or check-in, which have

process cedes of-l, 4, 5, 11, and 14 respectively, and are

the only facility types that would send a passenger to curbside.

If the current process code is not one of these facility types

then the program starts an error processing procedure.

The variable I is set to byte parameter 1, which is the process

functionlnumber. The message, 'ATTEMPT TO EXIT TO DEPLANING

CURB FROM FACILITY TYPE', FACTYP (IV3), 'CHECK FUNCTION', I,

is written. The error count, NERCNT, is then incremented by

one and tested against the maximum allowable number of errors,

ERRORS. If the error count is equal to ERRORS, the program

branches to statement number 999. If the error count is less

than ERRORS, the program branches to statement number 99999.

If the current process code, IV3, is 1, for a gate

facility, then the orocram branches to statement number 600

where the variable I is set to MHl (IV5, 12), which is the

baggage claim area number specified for that flight, plus

INDEXF(4), the index number for baggage claim areas.

B-1-37

This obtains the MH9 row number for the snecified baqage claim

area. The variable ITEMP is then set to MH9(I,4), the deplaning

curb facility number for that baggage claim area. The program

then branches to statement number 690.

If the current process code, IV3, is 4, which is for a

baggage claim area facility, then the program branches to state-

ment number 605 where the variableI is se' to IVALUE(4), which

is the MH9 row number for the previous facility. The variable

ITEMPI is then set to MH9(I,4), which is the deplaning curb

facility number for that baggage claim area. The program


If the current process code, IV3, is 5, for the cubtans

facility, the program then branches to statement 610 where

the variable I is set to IVALUE(4) which is the MH9 row

number for the previous facility. The variable ITEMP1 is

then set to MH9(I,4), which is the deplaning curb associated

with the Customs facility. The program then branches to state-

ment number 690.

For the current process code, IV3, equal to 11, the car rental

facility, the program branches to 615 where ITEMP1 is set

to MH9(I,5), the parking facility number associated with the

rent-a-car agency. The program then branches to statement 690.

When IV3 is 14, the transaction currently processed repre-

sents a deplaning passenger without baggage and will either be

met by greeters at curbside or will use a bus or taxi. This

passenger is routed to the airline check-in facility and then

B-1-38

- . . . . I ! f .... ... . ... .. . ... .. .. .. . . ... . .. ... .. . . .. . ...

to the enplaning curb. At statement 620 the program obtains

the airline number from MHI(IV5,3). The corresponding

enplaning curbside number is obtained from MH2(I,l) and

the facility number J, for the enplanina curbside is obtained

by adding INDEXF(8) to this. The program then branches to 692.

At statement number 690, the variable J is set to the

variable ITEMP1 nlus INDEXF(12), the index number for the

deplaning curb facility specified. The point number of the

deplaning curb is placed in NPTTO at statement 692. The

program then assigns the statement number 691 to the variable

NEXT. The program branches to statement number 950,

where the walking time is determined.

After the walking time is determined the program returns

to statement number 691. Halfword parameter 2 is then

assigned the value of NPTTO. Halfword parameter 7 is assigned

the value of J, the MH9 row number of the deplaning curb area.

Byte parameter 11 is assigned the value 12 which is the process

code for a deplaning curb. The program then branches to state-

ment number 99999.

B-1-39

. .. . ... . .. .. . .

4.9 CAR DEPLANING CURB SECTION

This sectionAs called by greeter transactions for passen-

gers to be met at curbside and those who have met passengers

inside the terminal. It assigns transactions to curbside,

double parking, or queue areas dependent upon current con-

gestion.

The variable IV2 is set to IVALUE(2), the airline number.

IV3 is set to IVALUE(3), the MH1 row number, and IV4 is assigned

IVALUE(4), thq number of bags of the transaction representing

the terminating deplaning passenger. For IV4 not equal to

zero the program branches to 700.

When IV4 is 0, indicating no bags, the greeter transaction

is routed to the enplaning curb for passenger meeting. The

number of the enplaning curb, MH2(IV2,1), assigned to the

airline is placed in the variable M. If IVALUE(5) equals one,

indicating a greeter that has recirculated and parked, the

program branches to 716.

The program then performs a curb search for an open space.

For a fixed value of M, the matrix IEPSCH(K,M), provides the

sequence of enplaninq curbside numbers to be searched for an

open space. A DO loop, ending at statement 713, with a range

from 1 to 10 for the index K, executes this search. The variable

L is set to IEPSCH(K,M) and first tested to determine if it

exceeds the number of input enplaning curbside facilities,

NOENPL. Values of L greater than NOENPL are skipped by

branching to 713.

B-i-40

! .. . _. _ . . . |- .. ... .. I . ...... .. .. ...... • ..... .

Allowable values of L are added to INDEXF(8) to determine

the facility number ITEMPI. To determine if this facility has

been input, the program tests MH9(ITEMPl,3) for zero. If unde-

fined, this facility number is skipped. For valid facility

numbers the program calculates the storage number J from EPCBS +

L-1. To examine the availability of the curbside storage, the

subscript ITEMP3 is calculated using the expression ll*(J-i)+2.

The GPSS reference word ISTO(ITEMP3) is tested. When the value

ISTO(ITEMP3) is zero, indicating no enplaning curbside spaces

available, the program branches to statement 714 to begin

searching for a double-parking slot at the same curbside. If a

non-zero availability value is present, the value J is assigned

to PH6 and PBI0 is set to 1 indicating a curbside parking loca-

tion. The program branches to 99999 for a return to GPSS.

At statement 714 the storage number, J, is calculated

from EPDPS + L-l. The subscript ITEMP3 is again calculated by

the expression ll*(J-1)+2. The availability of a double

parking slot is tested. If found, the value J is assigned

to PH6 and PB10 is 2. The program brnches to 99999 and

returns to GPSS.

When no parking is available at curbside or in a double

parking slot, the program examines the next enplaning

curbside area indicated by the matrix IEPSCR(K,M). When

all possible areas have been tried and no space is available

the Proaram attempts to find a aueue space at the enplaning

curb M of the IVALUE(2) airline. The storage number, J, of this

B-1-41

queue is calculated from EPQCS + L-1, where L is equal to M.

The subscript ITEMP3 is evaluated by using ll*(J-l)+ 2 as

before. The storage representing the queuing at curbside is

tested for availability. If a slot is found, J is assigned

to PH6 and PBI0 is set to 3. The program branches to 99999

and returns to GPSS. When there are no available queue slots,

the car must recirculate. The parameter PH6 is set to zero

and PBI0 is set to 4. The latter value indicates that the trans-

action must proceed to the recirculation road section of the GPSS

program. The program branches to 99999 and returns to GPSS.

The greeter accompanying a passenger without bags, who has

recirculated, parked and then proceeds from parking to enplaning

curbside, obtains a facility number J at statement 716.

Parameter byte 11 is assigned the value 8. The program

branches to 718 where this transaction will be further processed

with those having passengers with baggage.

Greeters accompanying passengers with baggage are routed

to the deplaning curb logic of this section beginning at

statement 700. The facility number I is obtained by adding

MI(IV3,12), the bag claim area assigned to the flight and

INDEXF(4), the index value for bag claim facilities.

If IVALUE(5) equals one, indicating a greeter that has

recirculated and parked, the program branches to 717. For

transactions performing initial processing at the curb, the

storage number J of the deplaning curbside associated with

the bag claim area facility number I is obtained from MH9(I,4)

B-I-42

+ DPCBS-I. At this curbside, the oroaram tests for avail-

ability at curbside, or, if neccssarv, for double narkina

availability using the same logical structure as the enplaning

curbside. The procedure here differs slightly since only the

single assigned curbside and associated double parking area

are examined and the variables DPCBS and DPDPS are used in

place of EPCIS and EPDPS, respectively. When no space is found

at the deplaning curbside or double parking area, the program

branches to statement number 711 to test the availability of

a aueue soace without searching other curbside areas. The storage

number J of the deplaning curbside is obtained from MH9(I,4) +

DPQCS-l, and the GPSS subscript number, ITEMP3, is obtained from

ll*(J-l)+2 to test the availability of the storage. If no space

is available, the car must recirculate. Each of the above

conditions cause branching to 99999 and return to GPSS.

At 717, greeters returninc to the deplaning curb from

parkinq are assigned the facility number J of the curbside

associated with bag claim area, I, from the expression MH9

(1,4) + INDEXF(12). A value of twelve is assigned to PBll

to indicate curbside as the current process code. The travel

time from parking to curbside is calculated. The point number

of the deplaning curbside is assigned to PH2 and the facility

number J is assigned to PH7. The program returns via branching

to 99999.

B-1-43

4.10 ENPLANINn CURB SECTION

This section is called for each originating enplaning

passenger transaction using private car, taxi, or bus for

around transportation. The section first sets the following

variables: IV2 to IVALUE(2), the airline number; IV3 to

IVALUE(3), the transportation mode; and J to ME2(IV2,1),

the enplanin' curb facility number for airline number IV2.

The Droaram then branches accordina to the mode of transporta-

tion indicated by IV3.

When the value of IV3 is 1, or 5, which is for private

car or taxi drop-off, the orocram searches throuah the array

IEPSCH, for each enplaning curb facility, which contains the

order that the enplaning facilities are to be examined

in order to find an open curb space for the vehicle. The

search scheme always first determines if the enplaning curb

facility specified by the airline has an open curb space

before trying the other enplaning curb facilities. The

variable L is set to IEPSCH(K,J),(K will vary from 1 to 10)

the enplaning curb facility to be tested for an open space.

The nrocram then determines if L is areater than NOENPL, the

number of enplanina curb facilities, indicatina that

enolanina curb facilitv number L is undefined. If it is

undefined the nroaran tests the next ennlanina curb facilitv

as snecilied in array IEPSCH for curb facility number J. If

enolanina curb facility L.is defined then the variable ITEMPI

B-1-44

II

is set to INDEXF(8) plus L, which aives the M9 row number for

the enplaninq curb facility L. The vroarar then determines if

MH9(ITEMPl,3) is equal to zero, indicatina that the enDlaninq

curb facility is a dummy facility. When a dummy facility

is encountered, the program tests the next enplaning curb

facility. If the enplaning curb facility is not a dummy

facility, the program sets M to EPCBS plus L minus one where

EDCBS, which is passed from the GPSS program, is the number

of the first storage used'for enplaning curb facilities.

M is thus the number of the storage associated with enplaning

curb facility number L. The reason that one is subtracted from

EPCBS is the same as for the setting of the variable M in the

RENT-A-CAR SECTION, Section 4.5. The variable ITEMP3 is then set

to ll*(M-I)+2, the subscript for the number of available units

in storaae number M. The Droqram next determines if the

number of available units in storaae number M is equal to

zero, indicatin no onen space at the ennlanina curb. If

there is not a free space at the curb, the program branches

to statement number 804. When a space is available, the

storage number M is assigned to PH6 and PBI0 is set to 1,

indicating an assignment to curbside. The program branches

to 803.

At 804, the storace number M, for double parking at curb

L, is determined from EPDPS + L-1. The subscript ITEMP3

is calculated from ll*(M-I)+2. The storage M availability

is tested for a zero value, indicatin no open snace at the

B-1-45

double parking area of curb L. If no space is available,

curb search loop. When double parking is available, the

program assigns to PH6 and 2 to PBI0, flagging an assignmentto double parking. The program branches to 803.

If all the enplaning curb facilities have been tested

and no curbside or double parking space is found, the proaram

attempts to locate a space in the queue adjoining the airline

enplaning curb facility. The enplaning curbside facility

number J is assigned to L. Facility number ITEMPI is calculated

from INDEXF(8)+L. The storage number M is calculated from

EPOCS+L-I. The subscript, ITE3, as before, is calculated from

ll*(M-I)+2. The storage M availability is tested for a zero

value, indicating no space for queuing at the enplaning curbside.

If no space is available, the program branches to 805 to provide

recirculation.

* when a queue space is available, M is assigned to PH6

and 3 to PBl0, as a flaa for queuing for a parking space.

The program branches to 803 to calculate the point number

of the enplanina curb.

At 805, vehicles which must recirculate are assigned

zero to PH5 and PH6. A flag value of 4, indicating recircu-

lation, is assigned to PBl0. The program branches to 99999.

VehiLes assigned to curbside, double parking, or queuing,

use statement 803 where the point number of the curbside is

B-1-46

determined from MH9(ITEMPl,3). The point number, NPTTO,

is assianed to PH2 and facility number ITEMP4 is assigned

to PH7. The program branches to 99999 and returns.

If the value of IV3 is 5, which is for bus/limousine

service, the program sets ITEMP2 to MH2(IV2,3), the enplaning

curb facility number for a bus stop for airline number IV2.

If ITEMP2 is greater than zero, indicating that the enplaning

curb facility number for bus/limousine service is different

from the private car enplanina curb facility number for that

airline, then the Proaram branches to statement number 809.

If ITEMP2 is not areater than zero, then the enDlanina curb

facility number for bus/limousine service is the same as the

nrivate car enolanina curb facility number and ITEMP2 is set

to MH2(IV2,1), the private car enplaning curb facility

number. At the next statement, which is statement number

809, the program sets ITEMPl to INDEXF(8) + ITEMP2, the

MH9 row number for enplaning curb facility number ITEMP2. The

variable NPTTO is then set to MH9(ITEMP1,3), the point number

for the enplaninq curb facility. Halfword parameter 2 is

assigned the value of NPTTO, the point number, and halfword

parameter 7 is assigned the value of ITEMPI, the MH9 row number

for the ennlanina curb facility. The oroaram then branches to


B-1-47

4.11 ENTRWNCE SECTION

This section is called each time an enplaning passenger

or vistor comes to an entrance. The variable NPTFM is assigned

the value IVALUE(2), the point number of the current location.

The variable NPTTO is set equal to MH3(NPTFM,4) which is the

point number of the nearest entrance. Statement number 813

is assigned to the variable NEXT. The program then branches

to statement number 950 to determine the walking time.

After the walkina time is calculated, the program branches.

back to statement number 813. Halfword parameter 2 is

assianed the value of NPTTO, the point number of the entrance.

The proaram then branches to statement number 99999.

B-I- 4 6

4.12 TICKETING AND CHECK-IN SECTION

This section is called for enplaning passengers not

proceeding directly to security, for deplaning passengers

exitina the terminal building without bags, and for greeters.

The program first sets NPTFM to IVALUE(2), the point number

of the current location, and IV3 to IVALUE(3), the airline

code number. The program tests PB8 for 1, indicating a de-

planing passenger, and branches to 844 for this passenger type.

It also tests for greeters routed to ticketing for meeting

deplanina passengers without bags and branches to 844

for this group. Enplaning passengers are tested for a

non-preticketed status, IVALUE(4) equal to 1, or if the

random number, in IVALUE(5) from RN4 in the GPSS program,

is greater than the percentage of preticketed passengers

using the express check-in facility, MH2(IV3,2). If the

test is true, the program branches to the area for express

check-in facilities which starts at statement number 850.

Otherwise, the program continues to statement number 844.

The full service facility area starts with J set to

INDEX(14), the index number for full service ticket

facilities. Next K is set to J+NOTICK to obtain the last

MH9 row number for full service ticket facilities. J is

then incremented by 1 to obtain the first MH9 row number

for full service ticket facilities. The program then

searches through the full service ticket facilities to find

the one that has the same airline code as the passenger

with the facility number saved in L. If there is a

match of airline codes between the passenger and the

B-1-49

full service ticket facility, the program branches to state-

ment number 848. If there is no match, the program enters

an error processing area for undefined full service ticket

facilities.

In the error processing area, the program first

determines if NOTICK, the number of full service ticket

facilities, is greater than zero. If it is not greater than

zero, the program writes the error message, 'NO TICKETS &

CHECKIN FACILITIES DEFINED FOR ENPLANING PASSENGERS. RUN

TERMINATED,' and the program then branches to statement

number 999. If it is greater than zero, the program will

use the first full service ticket facility. The variable

L is set to 1 to indicate that facility number. The variable

I is set to INDEXF (14) + I, the MH9 row number for the first

full service ticket facility. The variable N is set to

MH9(I,4) the airline code for the first full service ticket

facility. The program then writes the message, 'NO TICKET

& CHECKIN FACILITY DEFINED FO'R AIRLINE CODE', IV3, 'FACILITY

OF AIRLINE CODE', N, 'USED'. The error count, NERCNT, is

incremented by one, and the program determines if it is

equal to EPRORS, the maximum allowable error count. If it

is not equal to ERRORS the program goes to the next statement

which is statement 848.

At statement number 848 the program sets M to TICQS + L

- 1, where TICOS, passed from the GPSS program, is the number

of the first queue-storage associated with the full service

ticket facility. This obtains the queue-storage number for

full service ticked facility number L. One is subtracted from M

3-I-50

for the same reason that one is subtracted from M in the

RENT-A-CAR SECTION, Section 4.5. The variable ITEMPL is

then set to CHECK3. This variable is passed from the GPSS

program and contains the number of the block location which

the GPSS program will branch to for full service ticket

facilities. N is then set to 14, which is the processing

code for full service ticket facilities. The program then


The express check-in facility area, which starts at state-

ment number 850, first sets J to INDEXF(2), which is the index

number for express check-in facilities. Next, K is set to J +

NOCHEC, where NOCHEC is the number of express check-in facilities,

to obtain the MH9 row number of the last express check-in facility.

J is then incremented by one to obtain the MH9 row number of

the first express checkin facility. The program searches

through the airline codes for the express checkin facility in

MH9(I,4) to determine which facility has the same airline code

as the passenger. The number of the express checkin

facility with the same airline code as the passenger is

saved in variable L. If there is a match, the program branches

to statement number 853. If there is no match, the program

enters an error processing area and will attempt to use any

full service facility.

In the error processing area the program first sets J to

INDEXF(14),the index number for full service ticket facilities.

K is then set to J + NOTICK to obtain the MH9 row number of

the last full service ticket facility. J is then incremented

B-I-51

by 1 to obtain the MH9 row number for the first full service

ticket facility. The program then searches through the airline

codes for the full service ticket facilities, contained in

MH9(I,4), to determine which facility has an airline code that

matches with the passenger's airline code in IV3. The number

of the matching facility is saved in the variable L. If there

is a match, the passenger will be sent to that full service

facility and the program will branch to statement number 859.

If there is no match, the program first determines if NOTICK,

which is the number of full service ticket facilities, is

greater than zero, indicating that at least one full service

facility has been defined. If NOTICK is not greater than zero

then the message, 'NO TICKET" & CHECKIN DEFINED FOR ENPLANING

PASSENGERS. RUN TERMINATED', is printed and the program branches

to statement number 999. If NOTICK is greater than zero the

program sets I to INDEXF(14) + 1 to obtain the MH9 row number

of the first full service facility. Next, N is set to MH9

(1,4) to obtain the airline code for the first full service

ticket facility. The message, 'NO EXPRESS CHECKIN FACILITY

DEFINED FOR AIRLINE CODE', IV3, 'FULL SERVICE AIRLINE CODE',

N,'USED', is then written. The error count, NERCNT, is incre-

mented by 1 and L is set to 1 for the number of the first full

service ticket facility. If the error count is equal to ERRORS,

the maximum allowable number of errors, the program branches to

999. If the error count is not equal to ERRORS, the program

goes on to the next statement which is statement number 859.

B-1-52

At statement number 859, M is set to TICQS + L -1, where

TICQS is number of the first queue-storage associated with

full service ticket facilities. This obtains the queue-storage

number for facility number L. One is subtracted from TICQS for

the same reason that one was subtracted from M in the RENT-A-CAR

SECTION, Section 4.5. Next, ITEMPI is set to CHEK3. This

variable is passed from the GPSS program and contains the

number of block location which the GPSS program will branch

to for full service ticket facilities. N is then set to 14,

which is the process code for full service ticket facilities.

The program then branches to statement number 857.

The following statement, which is at statement number

853, continues the processing for express check-in facilties

by setting M to CHKQS -1 + L, where CHKQS is the number

of the first queue-storage associated with express check-in

facilities. This obtains the queue-storage number for

express check-in facility Number L. One is subtracted from

CHKQS for the same reason as above. N is next set to 2 which

is the process code for express check-in. ITEMPI is then set

to CHEK2. This variable is passed from the GPSS program

and contains the number of the block locations which the GPSS

program will branch to for express checkin facilities.

The program then branches to statement number 857 which is

the following statement.

At statement 857 the program sets NPTTO to MH9(I,3)

to obtain the point number of the full service or express

checkin facility. The statement number 856 is assigned to

B-1-53

ii

NEXT and the program branches to 950 to determine the walking

time.

After the walking time is determined, the program branches

back to statement number 856. The program then assigns to

*halfword parameter number 2 the value of NPTTO, the point

number of the full service or express checkin facility. Half-

word parameter 4 is then assigned the value of ITEMPI, the block

location that the GPSS program will branch to for either full

service or express check-in facilities. Halfword parameter 5 is

assigned the value of M, the queue-storage number for the full

service or express checkin facility. Halfword parameter 7

is assigned the value of I, the MH9 row number for the full

service or express checkin facility. Byte parameter 11 is

assigned the value of N, the process code for full service

or express checkin facilities. The program then branches to


B-1-54

4.13 SECURITY SECTION

This section is called for each enplaning passenger and

greeters proceeding to the gate. The variable NPTFM is set

to IVALUE(2), the point number of the current location; and

IV3 is set to IVALUE(3), the number of the gate the passenger

is proceeding to. I is then set to MH9 (IV3,4), the security

facility number for gate number IV3. I is then tested todetermine if it is greater than zero. If I greater than

zero then the security facility has been defined for that

gate, and the program branches to statement number 860.

If the value of I is not greater than zero then the program

writes the message, 'NO SECURITY FACILITY DEFINED FOR GATE',

IV3, 'SECURITY FACILITY NUMBER 1 IS ASSIGNED'. MH9(IV3,4)

and I are set to 1 in order to assign security facility 1 to

gate number IV3 for current and future reference.

At the following statement, which is statement number

860, J is set to INDEXF (3) +1 the MH9 row number of security

facility number I. M is set to SECOS+I-l, where SECOS is

the number of the first GPSS queue-storage associated with

security facilties, to obtain the queue-storage number for

security facility number I. One is subtracted from SECQS

for the same reason that one is.subtracted from M in the

RENT-A-CAR SECTION, Section 4.5. NPTTO is next set to MH9

(J,3), the point number of the security facility. Statement

number 861 is assigned to NEXT, and the program then branches

to statement number 950 to determine the walking time.

B-I-55

., -.. .. . .. ._.. .I - I I I|_ _. . . ... ... .. .. .

After the walking time has been calculated the program

branches back to statement number 950. The program then assigns

to halfword parameter 2 the value of 'qPTTO, the point number

of the security facility. Halfword parameter 5 is next

assigned the value of M, the queue-storage number for the

security facility. Halfword parameter 7 is assigned the value

of J, the MH9 row number of the security facility. Halfword

parameter 11 is then assiqned the value of 3, the process code

for security. The program then branches to statement number

99999.

B-i -56

4.14 GATE SECTION

This section is called for each enplaning passenger and

greeters proceeding to the gate. The variable NPTFM is set to

IVALUE(2), the point number of the current location; and IV3

is set to IVALUE(3), the number of the gate the passenger is

proceeding to. NPTTO is then set to MH9(IV3,3), the point number

of the gate. No index number is needed to access the gate

information in MH9, since the gates are the first facility

type in MH9 and the index number would be zero. The program

then determines if NPTTO is greater than zero which would

indicate that the gate has been defined and is not a dummy

facility. If NPTTO is greater than zero, the program branches

to statement number 873.

If NPTTO is not greater than zero, indicating that the

gate is a dummy facility, the program scans through the

gate facilities in MH9 to find a gate that is not a dummy

facility, indicated by MH9 (1,3) being greater than zero, where

I is the number of the gate being tested. When a non-dummy gate

facility is found the program sets J to halfword parameter

1, which is the flight table row number for the flight that

the passenger is going to take. The gate number for the flight

MHI(J,9) is then set to I so that all subsequent passengers

for that flight will go to gate number I. The message, 'GATE',

IV3, 'NOT DEFINED. CHECK DATA FOR FLIGHT', MHI(J,2), 'GATE',

I, 'USED', is written and IV3 is set to I, the new gate number.

NPTTO is then set to MH9(IV3,3), the point number of the new

gate.

B-1-57


873, assigns statement number 874 to NEXT. The program then

branches to statement number 950 to determine the walking time.

After the walking time is determined the program branches back

to statement number 874. Next, M is set to GAQSL+IV3-1 where

GAQSL, which is passed from the GPSS program, is the number of

the first queue-storage associated with the gate facilities.

This obtains the number, M, of the queue-storage for gate facility

number IV3. One is subtracted from GAQSL for the same reason that

one is subtracted from M in the RENT-A-CAR SECTION, Section 4.5.

Next, halfword parameter 2 is assigned the value of

NPTTO, the point number of the gate. Halfword parameter 5

is assigned the value of M, the queue-storage number for

the gate. Halfword parameter 7 is assigned the value nf IV3,

the MH9 row number for the gate which in the case of gate

facilities is the same as the number of the gate. Byte parameter 11

is assigned the value of 1, which is the process code for

gates. The program then branches to statement number 99999.

B-1-58

4.15 PARKING SECTION

This section differs from other FORTM sections because

it is called from several locations in the GPSS program.

Furthermore, transactions with four different requirements

call the parking section.

These requirements, and the types of transactions utilizing

them are the following:

(1) Parameter assignments to specify the queue storage

numbers for subsequent simulation of parking lot

exits

- used by deplaning passengers, either self-driven

or with accompanying greeters.

- used by well-wishers departing the airport.

(2) Parameter assignments to specify the point number

of the parking facility and the parking lot number.

- used by enplaning passengers self driven or

with well wishers.

- used by enplaning passengers returning rental cars

- used by greeters meeting passengers inside the

terminal.

(3) Parameter assignments to specify point number and

queue storage number of parking lot exit

- used by greeters proceeding from parking lot

to curb.

(4) Parameter assignment to specify Darking lot number

- used by well wishers proceeding from enplaning

curb to parking lot.

B-1-59

The proqram first sets NPTFM to TVJiLUE(2), the point

number of the current location; IV3 to IVALUE(3), the trans-

portation mode; IV4 to IVALUE(4), the deplaning/enplaning

flag (0.1); IV5 to IVALUE(5), the car rental agency number;

and, Iv6 to IVALUE(6), a flag to signify that only the lot

number will be obtained. The program then determines if the

transaction represents a passenger or well-wisher by testing

IV4 for a value of 1. If the transaction represents either

category the program branches to statement number 720.

If the passenger is deplaning or a greeter is represented the

program determines if the passenger or greeter is driving a

private vehicle or renting a car, and branches to statement

number 728 or 722, respectively. If the transportation mode

is neither of these the program branches to statement number

721 where an error processing area starts.

At st, tement numbei. 720 the program determines if the

enplaning passenger or well-wisher is driving a private vehicle

or renting a car and branches to statement number 728 or 722,

respectively. If the transportation mode is neither of these the

program goes to the following statement, statement 721, where

an error processing area starts. The variable I is set to

halfword parameter 4, the address parameter. The program then

writes the message, 'INVALID CALL TO FORTM PARKING. 'PH2=',

NPTFM, 'PH4=' I, 'PB7=', IV4, 'PB6=' IV3. The error count,

B-1- 6 0

NERCNT, is incremented by one and is compared with the maxi-

mum allowable error count, ERRORS. If NERCNT is equal to

ERRORS, the program branches to statement number 999. If

NERCNT is not equal to ERRORS, the program branches to state-

ment number 99999.


722, sets I to INDEXF(lI), the index number for car rental

facilities. J is then set to I+NORENT, which is the last

MH9 row number for car rental facilities. I is incremented by

1 to make it the first MH9 row number for car rental facilities.

The program then scans the car rental agencies and compares the

agency code of each car rental facility in MH9(N,4) with the

agency code of the passenger. When a match is found, L is

set to MH9(N,5), where N is the MH9 row number for car

rental facilities, to obtain the parking lot facility number

for that car rental facility. If L is greater than one,

indicating that the parking lot is a special lot for the

rental agency, the program branches to statement number 723.

If L is equal to one, indicating that the general parking

lot is used by the car rental facility, the program continues

scanning the car rental facilities.

If no match of agency codes between car rental facilities

and passenger is made with the parking lot facility number

being greater than one, the program.continues to the following

statement, which is statement number 728. At statement number

728 a lot number, LOTNO, is obtained from PB14 if one was previously

B-1- 6 1

assiqned. For those without this assignment, LOTNO is given

a value of 1 which assigns the transaction to the general lot.

The facility number N is then set to INDEXF(10) + 1,OTNO, the

MH9 row number for the specified parking lot. M is set to

PARQS + LOTNO-I, where PARQS, passed from the GPSS program,

is the number of the first queue-storage associated with

parking lot facilities. The program tests IV6 for a value of 1,

to determine if only the lot number is required. For other

values, the program branches to 724. The lot number is

assigned to PBI4, and the program branches to 99999 for a

return to GPSS.

At the following statement, which is at statement number

723, the program sets N to INDEXF(10) + L to obtain the MH9

row number for parking lot facility number L. M is then set

to PAROS+L-l to obtain the queue-storage number for parking

lot facility number L One is subtracted from PARQS for the

same reason that one is subtracted from M in the RENT-A-CAR

SECTION, Section 4.5.

At statement number 724, NPTTO is set to MH9(N,3), the point

number of the parking lot facility. If NPTFM is zero, for an

enplaning passenger or greeter, the program branches to

statement number 727 to skip the walking time determination

since the parking lot was the first landside facility used,

and no walking time determination is needed. Otherwise

the program assigns statement 727 to NEXT and branches to

statement number 950 to determine the walking time.

B-1-62


back to statement number 727. Halfwor' parameter 2 is set to NPTTO,

the point number of the parking lot facility. Halfword

parameter 5 is set to M, the queue-storage number of the parking

lot facility. Halfword parameter 7 is set to N, the MH9 row

number of the parking lot facility. Byte parameter 11 is set

to 10, the process code for parking lots, and byte parameter

14 is set to LOTN. The program then branches to statement

number 99999.

B-1- 6 3

4.16 TRANSFER PASSENGER SECTION

This section is called once for every transfer and

transit passenger. Transfer passengers are those arriving

and departing at different gates. Transit passengers arrive

and depart at the same gate. The program first sets M to

IVALUE(5), the arriving gate number. ITEMP3 is next set to

MH9(M,4), the security facility number (and concourse number)

for that gate. Next, ITEMP3 is tested to determine if it is

greater than zero, which indicates that a security facility has

been assigned to the gate. If ITEMPI is areater than zero, the

program branches to statement number 827. If ITEMPI is equal

to zero, the program writes the message, 'NO SECURITY FACILITY

FOR GATE', M, 'SECURITY FACILITY NUMBER 1 ASSIGNED'. MH9

(M,4) and ITEMP3 are both set to 1 to assign security facility

1 to gate IVALUE(5).

Statement 827 places IVALUE(2) in IV2. The program

executes a computed GO TO and branches to program statements

821 or 822 if t.ie passenger is a transfer passenger or transit

passenger, respectively. The following statement, which is

statement number 821, determines if NOFXFR, the number of

available transfer flights, is greater than zero. If NOFXFR

is greater than zero, indicating there are transfer flights

available, the program branches to statement number 824. If

NOFXFR is equal to zero the program sets K to PB5, the

number in the party. MHll(ITFMP3) is then incremented by K

to keep count of passengers that leave concourse number

ITEMPl. The save-value XFRXH is incremented by 1 to keep

B-1-64

count of the number of transfer transactions that are not

accepted on a transfer flight. The block location TRX99 is

assigned to PH4, and the block location CTRL1 is assigned to

PH8. When the FORTRAN program returns to the GPSS program,

these two assignments will cause the transfer transaction to

terminate. The program then branches to statement number

99999.

The following statement, statement number 824, assigns

block location CRLO to PH8, which will cause the GPSS

program to process the transaction normally once the FORTM

program returns. The variable N is set to the remainder of

IVALUE(3), which is a random number passed from the GPSS

program, divided by NOFXFR, the number of available transfer

flights, plus 1. This will cause N to be assigned a random

integer between 1 and NOFXFR, which will be used as the row

number of the transfer flight matrix MH5 for this transfer

passenger. The variable I is then set to MH5(N) to obtain

the MHl row number of the transfer flight. The variable K

is next set to the address for MHI(I,ll). The quantity

stored at this address is the number of seats still available

for transfer passengers. MHl(I,11) is then decremented by

1 to indicate that another seat has been occupied by a

transfer passenger.

The following statement determines if MHl(I,11) is

greater than zero or not. If it is greater than zero,

indicating that there are transfer passencer seats avail-

able on the flight, the program branches to statement number

B-1-65

K..,. . .. ..._ _ - | - -g -- m .... '........ . .......

820. If MHl(I,ll) is equal to zero, indicating that all

transfer seats are taken, the program deletes the flight

number in row N from the transfer flight table MH5 by

moving all flights in MH5, after flight number N, one

row closer to the beginning of the matrix. The number

of transfer flights, NOFXFR, is decremented by 1.


820, the proqram assigns the MHl flight table row number,

I, to PH7, branches to 99999 and returns to GPSS. The

transit passenger's arriving flight table row number is con-

tained in IVALUE(3). At statement 822 this is assigned to K.

The gate number, IGAT, of this flight is determined

from MHI(K,9). The flight table matrix MHl is examined

starting from row K+l to determine the next departure at

the same gate. MHl(I,l) is tested in a DO LOOP from

I=K+l to 1=999 for negative, zero, and positive values.

If negative, indicating the end of the flight table matrix,

the program branches to statement 818. If zero, indicating

an arriving flight, the program branches to 826 to search

the next row, If positive, indicating a departing flight,

the program branches to 819. At 819 the gate number in

MHI(I,9) is compared to IGAT. If these are identical

the program branches to 817. If not identical the program

continues to statement 826 to continue the search.

At statement 818, which follows statement 826, the

number of transit passengers in the party, contained in

byte parameter 5, is assigned to K. Matrix MHll is

B-1-66

incremented by K. Although this passenger was intended to

act as a transit passenger, no matching gate number was

found and this passenger is included in the count XFRXH of

transfer passengers unable to obtain a connecting flight.

The value XFRXH is incremented by K. The passenger trans-

action is assigned TRX99 to PH4 and CTRL1 to PH8 for

termination upon return to the GPSS program.

Transit passengers successfully obtaining a matching

gate number are routed to statement 817. Flicht table

zrw number, I, is assigned to PHl and PH8 is assigned CTRLl

for transfer to the next noint in the transit passenger

routing function.

The program branches to 99999 for a return to GPSS.

B-1-67

4.17 TRANSFER FLIGHTS SECTION

This section is called at the start of the simulation to

initialize the flight table and later called to add to or

delete a flight from the flight table. If transfer seats remain

unfilled when the flight is to be deleted, this section is

called to assign point numbers to transactions created to com-

plete the count of transfer passengers. Only the transaction

representing the flight performs this call.

The variable IV2 is first set to IVALUE(2), the MHl row

number. IV3 is next set to IVALUE(3), the flag indicating

flight table initialization, addition, deletion, or point

number assignment. The program next tests if IV3 is equal

to 1, the flag setting for deleting a flight from the

flight transfer table. If IV3 is equal to 1, the program

branches to statement number 832. If IV3 is not equal to 1,

the program tests if IV3 is equal to 2, the flag setting

for adding a flight to the flight transfer table. If

IV3 is equal to 2, the program branches to statement number

830. If IV3 is equal to 3, the program branches to 836

for point number assignment. If IV3 is none of the above,

the flight transfer table is to be initialized.

The program then tests each flight, I, in MHl, which is the

flight table matrix, in several different ways. The first

test determines whether MH1(I,1) is negative, zero, or

positive. This flag tells whether the end of table has been

reached, if negative; whether the flight is an arrival flight,

if zero; or if flight is a departure flight, if positive.

B-1-68

If the MH1 (I, 1) flag is negative, the program branches

to statement number 835; assigns I to PHI, the number of the

flight in MHl last tested; and then branches to statement

number 99999. If the MHI.(I l) flag is zero, then the

flight is an arrival flight, and the program goes to

the next flight listed in MHI. If the MHlI (I,1) flag is

positive then the flight is a departure flight, and the

program proceeds to statement number 833 which is the

following statement. The program then sets ITEMPl to

MHl(I,6)*60, the time of flight in seconds from the simu-

lation start. The program then tests if ITEMPl is greater

than save-value XFAXH, which is the maximum time interval

between current time and flight time allowed for addition

to the transfer flight table. This has a default value

of 120 minutes. If ITEMPi is greater than XFAXH, then the

departing flight will leave after the maximum time interval

and all departure flights after this departure will also

leave after the time interval since the flights in MHI are

listed in chronological order. If ITEMPI is greater than

XFAXH, the program branches to statement number 835; assigns

I to PHI, the number of the last flight tested in the

flight table; and then branches to statement number 99999.

If ITEMPI is not greater than XFAXH, the program goes to the

following statement.

The following statement tests whether ITEMPI is less

than savevalue XFDXH, which is the minimum time interval

between current time and flight time allowed for addition

B-i-69

to the transit flight table. This has a default value of 30

minutes. If ITEMPI is less than XFDXH, then the departure

flight is scheduled to leave at too early a time to be

added to the transfer flight table, so the program goes to

test the next flight in the MHI flight table. If ITEMPI

is not less than XFDXH the program goes to the following

statement which tests whether MHl(I,lI) is equal to zero

or not. MHl(I,II) contains the number of transfer seats to

be filled on the departure flight. If MHl(I,II) is zero,

then there are no transfer seats to be filled, and the

program goes to test the next flight in the MHl flight

table. If MHl(I,ll) is greater than zero, the program goes

to the following statement.

The following statement increments NOFXFR, which is

the count of transfer flights in the transfer flight table,

by 1. Next, the departure flight, I, is added to the

transfer flight table by setting MH5(NOFXFR) to I. If all

flights have been tested in the MH1 flight table, and flight

time relative to simulation start does not exceed XFAXH,

the program sets PHI to I, the last row number in MHI at

statement 855; and then branches to the statement number

99999.

At statement number 832, the start of the DELETE FROM

FLIGHT TABLE SECTION, the program first tests if MH5(l),

the MHl row number of the first flight in the transfer

flight table, is not equal to IV2, the MHl row number of

the flight that is to be deleted. If the flight to be

deleted is not the first flight listed in the transfer

B-1-70

flight table, then the program branches to statement number

99999. If they are the same flight, then the count of

flights in the transfer flight table, NOFXFR, is decremented

by one. The program then shifts each remaining flight in the

transfer flight table one position toward the begining of MH5,

thus deleting the first flight from the table. The program


At statement number 830 which is the start of the

add to transfer flight table section, the program first tests

if NOFXFR, the count of flights in the table, is equal to 100.

If it is, the program branches to statement number 831, writes

the message; 'ADDITION OF DEPARTING FLIGHT, MHl ROW NO', IV2

'TO TRANSFER FLIGHT TABLE MH5 WOULD HAVE CREATED OVERFLOW

CONDITION. FLIGHT NOT ADDED', and then branches to statement

number C9999. If NOFXFR is less than 100, then NOFXFR is

incremented by 1 and MH5(NOFXFR) is set to IV2 which'adds

the flight to the transfer flight table. The program then


When transfer flights are deleted from the transfer

flight table, GPSS fills unassigned transfer seats. The

logic beginning with statement. 836 obtains the point number

of the airline ticket counter to initiate the processing of

these transactions. At statement 836, the airline number of

the flight is obtained from 1Ml(IV2,3) and assigned to IARLIN.

The index number, IROW, for ticket facilities is obtained from

MH8(14,2). The number of these facilities, INUMTCO is assigned

from MH8(14,1). ITEMP1 is the row number of the first facility

B-1-71

in MH9 of this type and is set equal to IROWNO+l. ITEMP2 is the

row number of the last ticketing facility in MH9 and is IROWNO+

INUMTC. Matrix MH9(I,4) is searched between the I subscript

levels ITEMPl and ITEMP2 for the airline number identical to

IARLIN. When this is found the program branches to statement 838.

If no airline is found, the program sets I to ITEMPI,

MH9(I,4) to ITEMP2, and then writes error messages and continues

to statement 838.

At statement 838 the point number IPTNO is obtained

from MH9(I,3). This is assigned to PH2. The program branches

to 99999 and returns to GPSS.

B-1-72

4.18 MISCELLANEOUS GPSS ERROR CONDITIONS SECTION

This section is called from GPSS to record a variety

of error conditions. The calling transactions are found on

user chain ERROR at the end of the simulation run. The

variable IV2 is set to IVALUE(2), the type of error. The

program then branches to the section of the proqram for the

type of error specified in IV2.

At statement number 901, the message, 'VE.ICLE XAC',

IVAL E(3), 'UNABLE TO MATCH WITH PAX AT DEPTLANINr, CURB. CHECK

USER CHAIN "FRROR" FOR THIS XAC', is written and then the

program branches to statement 99999.

At statement number 902, the message, 'PAX XAC WITH

GROUND TRANSPORT MODE', IVALUE(3), 'ENTERED BLOCK DPLCO.

CHECK USER CHAIN "ERROR" FOR XAC NO', 1V5, is printed, and

then the program branches to statement number 99999.

At statement number 903 through 910 the statement is

a CONTINUE. This is done so that more error messages can

be easily added at a later time. The program then branches


B-1-73

4.19 FORMATTED REPORT SECTION

This section is called once when the time of end of

simulation event has occurred. The variable C1 is set to

IVALUE(2), which is the relative clock time. The rest of this

section is repeated for each type of facility I, where I

assumes the values 1 through 20.

The flag, NSWTCH, for undefined numbers of agents, is

reset to zero. K is set to MH8(I,l), the count of facilities

of type I. If K is zero, 'which indicates that there are no faci-

lities of this type, the program branches to statement number

450, and the next .:acility type will be processed. J is next

set to MH8(I,2), the index number of facility type I. K is set to

K+J which is the row number of the last facility of type I in MM9.

J is incremented by one to set it to the row number of the first

facility of type I in MH9. If the facility type is gate,

custom, security, check-in, ticketing, car rental, or immigra-

tion the program branches to statement number 400 and prints

the title of the simulation, if there is a simulation title.

If the facility type is not one of the above facility types,

the simulation branches to statement number 450 where I is

incremented by 1 and then the next facility type is processed.

The program then branches according to facility type to a

write statement which will print out the title for that

facility report. After each write statement, the program

branches to statement number 430 where the column headings for

the facility report are printed out. The count of the number

B-1-74

t.

of lines printed on the page, NCOUNT, is set to ll+NTLINS

- where NTLINS is the number of lines in the simulation title,

and the number 11 takes into account the number of lines for

the individual facility report title and the column headings.

The variable ITEMPl, is next set to FACQSX(I), which is

the base value of the queue and storages for that facility

type. The basic equation for calculating the subscript for

queue or storage attributes is J=K*(N-I)+L where J is the

subscript, N is the number of the facility in that type, and

K and L are indexing constants. IQUER is set to 4*(ITEMP-1)

which is part of the subscript for the queue attribute cumu-

lative time integral. The indexing constant L will be added

at a later time. IQUEI is set to IQUER+IQUER which is part

of the subscript for some of the queue attributes. The indexing

constant L, which will indicate which attribute is wanted, will

be added at a later time. ISTOX is then set to ll*(ITEMPI)-l

which is part of the subscript for one of the storage attributes.

ITEMPI is then set to ITEMPI-FACQSX(I)+l which sets the value

of ITEMPI to 1.

The segment of the program through statement number 455

is then repeated for each facility in type I, where N is

incrementally set to MH9, row number J through K. The program

first tests if the facility is a dummy facility by determining

if MH9(N,3) is zero. If it is zero, the program branches

to statement number 448. If MH9(N,3) is not zero, NCOUTT

is then incremented by 2, to add to the count of lines printed

B-1-75

the number of lines needed to Print the current line. If

NCOUNT is less than or equal to 55, then a full page has not

been printed yet, and the program branches to statement number

445. If NCOUNT is greater than 55, then a full page has been

printed, and the program prints the messaae, "ALL TIMES IN

MINUTES: SECONDS." The title of the simulation, if there is

a title, is printed at the top of the next page. The program

then branches to a write statement which prints out the title

of the facility report at the top of the next page. After

each write statement the program branches to statement number

443 where NCOUNT is set to l+NTLINS to account for the number

of lines used in the title and column headings. The column

headings for the report are then printed. At the next state-

ment, statement number 445, ITEMP2 is set to the current

contents of storage plus number of available units in

storage which gives the total number of agents in the

storage facility. If ITEMP2 is greater than 1000, (1000 being

an arbitrarily large number) then the number of agents in the

storage is undefined, and the flag NSWTCH is set to 1. ITEMP3

is next set to the storage entry count times the scale to obtain

the total number of patrons using the facility. If ITEMP3 is

greater than zero indicating that the storage has been used,

then the program branches to statement number 444. If ITEMP3 7

is not greater than zero, then the variables ITEMP4,XTEMP5,

ITMP6M, ITMP6S are set to zero and the program branches to

statement number 446. This is done in order to avoid division

by zero and to avoid needless calculations. At statement

B-1-76

number 444, ITEMP4 is set to the maximum storage contents to

obtain the maximum number of agents busy. ITEMP5 is set to

the cumulative time integral divided by Cl, the relative clock

time, to obtain the average number of agents busy. ITEMP6

is set to the cumulative time integral divided by the entry

count times the scale to obtain the average time per patron

in seconds. ITEMP6M is set to ITEMP6/60 to obtain the seconds

part of the average time per patron. At the following state-

ment, which is at statement number 446,ITEMP7 is set equal to

the total entry count times the scale.

If ITEMP7 is greater than zero, indicating that there

were entries to the queue, then the program branches to state-

ment number 447. If ITEMP7 is equal to zero, indicating that

there have been no entires to the queue, then the variables

ITEMP8,XTEMP9, ITMIOM, ITM1OS are set to zero, and the program

branches to statement number 449. This is done to avoid

dividing by zero and to avoid needless calculations.


447, ITEMP8 is set to the maximum contents of the queue times

the scale; XTEMP9 is set to the cumulative time integral for

the queue times the scale divided by the relative clock time

to obtain the average queue size. ITEMP10 is set to the cumula-

tive time integral for the queue times the scale divided by

the total entry count to obtain the average time in the queue

in seconds. ITM1OM is set to ITEMP10 divided by 60 to obtain

the average time in the queue in integer minutes. ITMIOS

B-1- 7 7

is set to the remainder of ITEMP10 divided by 60 to obtain

the seconds part of the average time in the queue. The data

for the facility report is next written out.


448, ITEMPI is incremented by 1 to obtain the number of the

next facility type I. IQUER is incremented by 4, IQUEI is

incremented by 8, and ISTOX is incremented by 11 to obtain

the subscripts for the next facility in type I. The following

statement, which is at statement number 455, is a continue

statement and is the last statement of the DO LOOP which prints

the facility report for all facilities of type I.

The program then writes the message, 'ALL TIMES IN

MINUTES: SECONDS'. If the undefined agent switch, NSWTCH,

is set to 1, then the following message is written: '**INDICATES

UNDEFINED(UNLIMITED) NO. OF AGENTS'. The following statement,

which is at statement number 450, is a continue statement

and is the last statement of the DO LOOP which processes all

facility types 1 through 20. The program then branches to


4.20 CLOCK UPDATE SECTION

This section is called once every minute of simulation

time. ITEMPl is set to the halfword save-value CLKXH plus

IVALUE(2)/60 to obtain the new clock time. IVALUE(2) is the

time increment in seconds which has been set to 60 in the GPSS

program, and CLKXH is the clock time which is to be incremented.

Since the clock time is kept in the form of hours and minutes,

the program next determines if an hour has passed, by dividing

ITEMPl by 100 and chccking the remainder to see if it is greater

than or equal to 60. If the remainder is greater than or equal

to 60, then an hour has passed and an hour is added in the clock

column to the clock time by adding 40 to ITEMPl. The halfword

savevalue CLKXH is then set to the new clock time, ITEMPi. The

program tfen branches to statement number 99999.

4.21 SNAPSHOTS

This section produces two output time series. The first

is the occupancy or congestion counts at simulated terminal

points for each five-minute time interval. The output data,

written on File 12, consists of the simulated time and number

of persons currently located at this point. The second time

series are flow and queue length datd for selected simulated

landside processors produced as a function of time. This data

is written on Files 13 and 14.

The program stores the current clock time in ITEMP1, then

tests LINSNP, the line counter for occupancy data for a value

less than 50. When this condition occurs the program branches

B-1-79

to statement 653. When LINSNP is 50 or greater the program

proceeds to the next instruction. LINSNP is made equal to

NTLINS, the number runtitle records input for use as the simu-

lation title. The title and the heading "5 MINUTE SNAPSHOTS

OF CONGESTION AT POINTS" are written on File 12, with column

headings for time and point numbers. Because the initial

value of LINSNP is 50, this information is produced on the

initial call to this section.

At 653, the halfword savevalues 1 to 24 of the GPSS MAIN

program, representing simulated congestion at the correspond-

ing point numbers, are stored in the ITEMPA array by a DO loop

ending at statement 654. The ITEMPI and ITEMPA values are

written to File number 12, then LINSNP is incremented by one.

The remainder of the snapshot section produces the flow,

queue length, and halfword savevalues for the corresponding

GPSS entities with numbers specified by the GPSTO, GPQUE

and GPHALF arrays discussed in the input section. A title is

written for this information on File 13 using logic similar

to that for congestion. The counter LINSNX is used as a line

counter in place of LINSNP and is also initialized to 50. At

statement 960 LINSNX is incremented by one.

A DO loop ending at 660 extracts the required entry

counts, current contents, queue contents and savevalues to

produce the time series. The GPSS storage number, ISTRNO,

identifying the simulated landside processor for which flow

data is to be extracted, is obtained from the input GPSTO(IR).

When a storage number is not present in GPSTO(IR), the value is

B-i-80

zero for the element and the program branches to statement

965. When a storage number is provided, the subscripts JENTCT

and JRCON are calculated by the following algorithm:

J = K*(N-I)+L,

where: J = Subscript value for GPSS addressing

JENTCT, JRCON

K,L = Indexing contants

N = Index number of specific entity type

ISTRNO

This formula is obtained from the IBM General Purpose

Simulation System V User's manual (SH20-0851-) pp. 164-167.

The constants are provided by Table 12-1 of the referenced

document. The cumulative entry count, XENTCT, and current

contents, XRCON, are then obtained from ISTO (JENTCT) and

ISTO (JRCON), respectively.

The variable flow, the number of passengers or vehicles

processed by the storage in a specified time interval is the

difference between the cumulative entry count, XENTCT, at the

current clock time and the cumulative entry count, ENTRCT(IR),

for the previous interval minus the change in current contents,

XRCON-CRCON(IR), over the same time duration. The entire

quantity is multiplied by the simulation scale factor SCALE.

After flow is calulated, the current cumulative entry

count and contents are stored in ENTRCT(IR) and CRCON(IR),

respectively, for use in the succeeding time interval calcula-

tion. The initial values in these arrays are zeroes.

B-1-81

The output array element, TSSOUT(l), is assigned the

value ITEMP1 and TSSOUT(IR+1) is made equal to FLOW.

This queue length present at a landside processor is

obtained next from the GPSS MAIN program. The number of the

designated queue, ITQUE, is obtained from the input GPQUE(IR)

at statement 965 and tested for zero in the next statement.

When the element is zero, the program branches to 967. The

subscript JQUE is calculated from the same algorithm as JENTCT

and JRCON. Current contents of the queue are obtained from

IQUE(JQUE). These are multiplied by the scale factor and stored

in TSQUE(IR+l). The current time is stored in TSQUE(1).

At statement 976,the GPSS halfword savevalue designated by

GPHALF(IR) is stored in ITHLF. Again, as in the flow and queue

length subsections, the value of ITHLF is tested for zero and

the program branches to 660 for this condition. Because the

only information that GPSS stores for the Halfword savevalue

is the current value of the savevalue, no calculation is

required for the subscript. The value is directly obtainable

as ISAVEH(ITHLF) and assigned to ISHLF.

Halfword savevalues are generally used to record cumula-

tive processor outflows in the GPSS program when storage entry

counts and current contents are inapplicable. The value FLOW

is calculated by subtracting, ISHLF, the current magnitude of

the savevalue from JTHLF(IR), the value from the last time

interval. This difference is multiplied by SCALE. The current

value of FLOW is stored in TSHALF(IR+I) and the clock time,

B-1-82

ITEMPI, is stored in TSHALF(l). The current value of ISHLF is

stored in JTHLF(IR) for use in the next time interval. The

initial value of JTHLF(IR) is zero.

The IR loop ends at 660 with a CONTINUE statement.

A DO loop ending at 969 calculates outflow from security

stations and stores them in TSFLOW(IL+l). The security out-

flow is recorded in the GPSS MAIN program in halfword matrix

12. The cumulative flow value, JSECFL, is obtained from HMHl2

and the flow during the current time interval is calculated

with the same procedure used for savevalues. At 969 the cur-

rent security flow is stored in ISECFL(IL). Initial values of

ISECFL are also zero.

The outflow of simulated full service airline counters

are recorded in MH13 and stored in TTFLOW by a DO loop ending

in 923. Processing is identical to security flow calculation

and storage.

The values stored in TSSOUT, TSQUE, TSHALF, TSFLOW and

TTFLOW are written on File 13 for print out. These are also

written as a single record on File 14 under a 10015 format for

later processing and averaging with other ALSIM runs. The

section ends with a GO to 99999 instruction to return to the

GPSS MAIN program.

3-1-83

4.22 CHANGE CARD PROCESSING

This section provides a method for changing numbers

of servers at landside facilities as a function of time.

Data cards specifying time, facility name and numbers of

servers must be input. This section is called from GPSS

whenever a change is required.

The argument IVALUE(2) is tested for a value of 2,

the flag signifying a decrease in the number of servers in a

storage. A value of 2 causes branching to 590 to accomplish

this. The other value, 1, is used to read and process a

change card.

The variable ICHNG1 is tested for the initial value

of zero. If true, the program branches to statement 580.

to read the initial change card and return to GPSS. Other-

wise the variable SERVERS(l), which contains the characters

representing any facility is tested for zero. If a zero

is found, indicating no data present on the input card, the

program branches to statement 560 for reading the next

change card. For non-zero values of SERVRS(l), a search

through the facility type array, FACTYP, is performed at

statement 551. Variables I and M are initialized to 1

and 0, respectively. SERVRS(I) is compared with FACTYP(L)

in a DO LOOP, with L ranging from 1 to 20. When the

characters match, the program branches to 553. If no

match is found, the program branches to 557 to write an

error message and terminate the program.

B-i-84

At statement 553 the GPSS storage number FACQSX(L)

is assigned to J. The value of J is tested for zero. When

J equals zero, the facility is not defined in the simulation

and the program branches to 557. For non-zero values of J,

a value of one is subtracted from J and I is incremented by 1.

The next item on the data card, SERVRS(l), represents the

facility number within type and is assigned to IFACNO. If

IFACNO is zero, indicating the end of the data stream, the

program branches to 558. At 558 the array SERVRS(I) is

zeroed. The number of changes, M,is placed in the savevalue

NSCXH, and the program continues to statement 560.

When IFACNO is less than zero, a new facility name is

present in SERVRS(I) and the program branches back to state-

ment 551 to process the next facility type. If IFACNO is

greater than the number of facilities within type, NFASCM

(L,l), an error is recognized and the program branches to 557.

When IFACNO is an admissible value, the subscript, Kl,

used to obtain current contents of the storage from ISTO(Kl)

is calculated using ll*(J+IFACNO-1) +1. The subscript K2

is KI+1 and provides the remaining storage capacity from

ISTO(K2). Variables ICONT and IRCAP are set to current

contents and remaining capacity, respectively.

The next value in SERVRS(I) is obtained by incrementing

I by 1. This provides the new number of servers at the facility

and is set to NEWCAP. If the value of NEWCAP is less than

zero the program branches to 557. When IEWCAP is greater

than or equal to the current contents, ICONT, the program

B-1-85

branches to 555. At 555 the remaining capacity, ISTO(K2),

is changed to the value NEWCAP minus ICONT. The index

M of MH7 is increased by 1 to point to the row number used

for the MH storage on a change data card. The GPSS storage

number given by J+IFACNO is stored at MH7(M,I). The count

ISTO(Kl+5) is decreased by 1 to compensate for the condition

occuring when the new capacity is greater than or equal to

the current contents and the storage is full. The GPSS

program inserts a transaction into the storage under these

conditions to allow transactions waiting on the delay chain

to start moving. The program branches back to statement 554.

When NEWCAP is less than the current contents, the remaining

capacity ISTO(K2) is zeroed. The index M is increased by

1 and the matrix element MH7(M,l) is made equal to the GPSS

storage number given by J+IFACNO. The element MH7(M+30,1)

is made equal to the new capacity NEWCAP. The program branches

back to 554 to process the remaining storages on the change

data card.

The error condition occurring when an input facility

number to be changed cannot be recognized by the model, causes

branching to 557. At this location, an error statement

specifying time of occurrence and other parameters is printed

out. The logic switch JOBLS is set and the program returns

to GPSS for immediate termination.

I B-1-86

I . .. ,- i i ' I I l . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .. . . II . . .

After processing a change card the program continues to

statement 560 and then reads the next change card. The FORTRAN

input data card is read into the ICARD array and the number

of cards, NCARD, and line count, LINECT, are both incremented

by 1.

LINECT is tested for a value of 51 to determine if a

page is to be printed in full. If LINECT is less than 51 the

data card is printed immediately. If LINECT equals or exceeds

51, a new page is started and the data card printed out. The

program proceeds to statement 580, the location that the

program branches to when this section is utilized initially.

The first change card is assumed to follow all other landside

simulation program data cards and is read in the DATA INPUT

SECTION of the FORTRAN program. At statement 580, card

identifiers are tested to determine identity with the

variable ICHAN which contains the character string 'CHAN'.

An incorrect card type causes branching to 585.

The flag ICHNG, initially having a value of zero in

order to cause branching to 580 for the first entry, is

now set to one. Subroutine XCODE is called and an in-core write

into the array, BUFFER, is perfo.rmed on the card image.

The first word of array, BUFFER, is set equal to NAMECH

which is the character string '&CH' for an ensuing namelist

read. The second word is modified to blank the fifth and

sixth characters on the data card and preserve the seventh

and eighth characters by a logical AND, plus the addition of

the hexadecimal number in variable BLANK2. XCODE is again

B-l-E7

L -i

called and a read statement is executed with the namelist of

CH.

The variable IC is set to the simulation clock time CLKH.

The time interval in seconds from current simulation time, IC,

until the next change occurring at the time indicated by

the variable, TIME, is calculated end placed in fullword

savevalue CHGXF. The program returns to GPSS.

Data cards not recognized as change cards or an end

of input file cause bilanching to 585. The program makes CHGXF

equal to 106 indicating no further changes and returns to GPSS.

When the storage capacity must be lowered, that is

the number of servers decreased, the initial statement of

this FORTRAN program section caused branching to statement

590. At this location the subscript J for current contents

of the storage number contained in IVALUE(3), obtained by

GPSS from MH7 (M, 1), is calculated. The new capacity, INVALUE(4),

obtained in GPSS from MH7(M+30,1), is placed in NEWCAP. The

difference, NURCAP, between new capacity, NEWCAP, and current

contents, ISTO(J), is calculated and tested for a value

greater than or equal to zero. If true, the new capacity

equals or exceeds the current contents and the progrn

branches to 592. At 592 the remaining capacity ISTO(J+)

is made equal to NURCAP. The flag, SCLXH , is given a value

of one to indicate that the ztorage capacity lowering process

is complete. The program returns to GPSS.

When current contents exceed the new capacity, NURCAP

is less than zero. The program makes the remaining capacity

B-1-88

ADI763 AS POTTO YTM ETRCMRDEM / /AIRPORT LANOSIDE. VOLUME V. APPENDIX 8B ALSIM SUBROUTINES(U)JUN 82 L MCCABE. M SORSTEIN

UNCLASSIFIED DOT-TSC-FAA-82-4-5 FAA-EM-80-A 5 NL

21 fffflllllffff

Ehh00h0hEE0hEEI

LEEEhEhh

111 . 111112.II ,.o ,II+,,. ,

1 .11

III 25IIII1 .11 =1' -11111 4 1 1 1.6

MICROCOPY Ri OSUION ITII CHART

N,..._ lf, 'ii,W l -l 14N lfl

ISTO(1+1) equal to zero and returns to GPSS to wait until

a transaction leaves the storage and this section is again

accessed.

B-I-89

4.23 CONCESSION SECTION

This section is called by transfer passengers who are

waiting in the terminal before catching their connecting flight.

The value of NOCONC is first tested for a value of zero. If

NOCONC is zero then there are no concessions defined by the

input data, and the program branches to 752. If NOCONC is not

equal to zero then the variable NPTFM is set to IVALUE(2), the

current location. The variable IFLT is set to IVALUE(3), the

flight table row number. The variable IGAT is set to MH1

(IFLT,9), the gate number for flight IFLT. The variable I

is set to zero, which indicates that the concession is in

the lobby. If IVALUE(6) is equal to 2, the flag that the

concession to be found is in the concourse, then I is set to

MH9(IGAT,4), the number of the security for gate IGAT.

The variable L is set to INDEXF (15) +1, the subscript for the

first concession facility in the MH9 facility matrix. The

variable M is set to INDEXF(15) +NOLONC, the subscript for the

last concession facility in the MH9 facility matrix. The

variable IC, which will be used as a count of the concessions

found with the correct location, is set to zero. The con-

cession facilities in the MH9 facility are then searched

through for an associated security whose number is the

same as I. For each such security found IC is incremented by

one. If the concession wanted is a lobby concession then I is zero

and each concession with an MH9(J,4) value of zero is also

a lobby concession and IC is incremented by one for each such case.

B-1-90

Next, IC is tested for a value greater than zero. If it is

greater than zero, indicating concessions were found in the right

location, then the program branches to 753. If it is not greater

than zero, then at statement number 752 a zero is assigned to

halfword parameter 5, and savevalue TRVXH is set to zero which

give a zero waiting time and zero travel time to concession,

respectively. The program then branches to 99999.

At statement 753, the variable IRN is set to the remainder

of IVALUE(4) , which is a random number between 1 and 999,

divided by IC plus one. The result is the number of the

concession chosen in a random manner. IC is set to zero

and the MH9 facility matrix is searched again for concessions

which have an associated security which is equal to I, or

which are lobby concessions if I is zero. For each such

concession found, IC is incremented by one. When IC is

equal to IRN, the chosen concession number, the program


At statement number 755, the variable NPTTO is set to

MH9(J,3),the point number of the chosen concession. The

statement number 756 is assigned to NEXT, and the program

branches to statement number 950 to determine t, walking

time.

After the walking time is determined, at statement 756,

the variable ICl is set to IVALUE(S), the current clock time.

The variable ITIM is set to MHl(IFLT,6)*S0-ICl, the time

remaining in seconds before the flight departs. If IVALUE(6)

is equal to 1, indicating a lobby concessionthen ITM is set

B-i- 91

to ITIM-LEAVEL-LEAVEL*IVALUE(4)/1000, where LEAVEL is the latest

time before flight time to leave the concession. LEAVEV is the

spread of the uniform distribution before the latest time that

the passenger will leave the concession. LEAVEV is multiplied

by the random numbers IVALUE(4)/1000 which gives a random value

between 0 and 1. The value in ITIM, as a result of this state-

ment, is thus the amount of time the passenger will spend at

the concession. If IVALUE(6) equmls 2, indicating a concourse

concession, then ITIM is set to ITIM-LEAVEC-LEAVEV*IVALUE(4)/1000,

where LEAVEC is the latest time before flight time that the

passenger will leave the concourse concession. If ITIM is less

than zero, indicating there is not much time before the flight,

then ITIM is set to zero.

Halfword parameter 2 is set to NPTTO, the point number

of the concession. Halfword parameter 5 is set to ITIM.

Halfword parameter 7 is set to J, the MH9 subscript of the

concession. Byte parameter 11 is set to 15, the process code

for concession. The program then branches to statement 99999.

B-I-92

4.24 CONCOURSE SECTION

This section is called each time a deplaning passenger

leaves a concourse. NPTFM is set to IVALUE(2), the number

of the point at which the passenger is coming from. IV3 is

set to IVALUE(3), which is the gate number the passenger

came from. ISEC is set to MH9(IV3,4), the security facility

number (concourse) for gate number IV3. There are no actual

concourse facilities in this simulation. The entrance and

exit to a concourse are considered to be at the same place as

the security facility, so that the number of the concourse

and the point number for the concourse are taken to be the same

as the facility number and the point number of the security

at the concourse entrance, respectively. J is next set to

INDEXF(3), the index number for security facilities, plus

ISEC, to obtain the MH9 row number for security (concourse)

number ISEC. NPTTO is then set to MH9(J,3), the point number

for security (concourse) number ISEC. Statement number 920 is

assigned to the variable NEXT and the program then branches to

statement number 950 to determine the walking time.

After the walking time has been determined, the program

branches back to statement number 920. NPTTO, the point

number of the security (cncourse), is assigned to halfword

parameter 2. ISEC, the facility number of the security

(concourse), is assigned to halfword parameter 5. The program


B-1-93

4.25 WALKING TIME CALCULATION SECTION

This section is called from other parts of the FORTM

program every time there is a need for a walking time deter-

mination. The flag NPTOSW is tested for a value of one. If

it is equal to one, then a non-positive value of a point has

been previously discovered. If NPTOSW is equal to one, then

the program branches to 951 in order to skip the error message

so that the error message will not repeat itself. If NPTOSW

is not equal to one, then NPTFM and NPTTO, the point numbers

that the transaction is going between, are tested for a

greater than zero value. If both MPTFM and NPTTO are greater

than zero then the program branches to 951. If either

or both NPTFM and NPTTO are less than or equal to zero,

then the point number or numbers are undefined, and the flag

NPTOSW is set to one and an error message is written. At 951,

halfword savevalue TRVXH is set to MH5(NPTFM,NPTTO) to obtain

the walking time in seconds between the points. NPFTM is the

number of the point the passenger is coming from, and NPTTO

is the number of the point the passenger is going to. MH6

contains the walking time in seconds between all points

in the airport configuration. ITEMPT is next set to half-

word parameter PH9, which contains the cumulative walking

time in seconds for that passenger, plus halfword savevalue

TRVXH, to obtain the new cumulative walking time. The new

cumulative walking time, ITEMPT, is then saved by assigning

it to halfword parameter 9. The program then branches back to

the section of the program that called it via an assigned

GO TO statement. B-1-94

4.26 ERROR ABEND AND END OF PROGRAM SECTION

The ERROR ABEND SECTION is called from other parts of

the FORTM program whenever the error count exceeds ERRORS, the

maximum allowable number of errors. ERRORS has a default

value of 50. The message, 'ERROR END - PROGRAM TERMINATING DUE

TO ERROR COUNT EXCEEDING "ERROR"', is written; and logic switch

JOBLS is placed in the set position. When control returns

to the GPSS program from the FORTM program, this switch is

always tested. When this switch is found to be in the set

position, the simulation is halted. The program then branches


After the ERROR ABEND SECTION of the FORTM program there

is a list of CONTINUE statements with statement numbers 1 to 25

which act as dummy sections. All of these statements are commented

out due to the fact that there is an active section which has

that statement number as its beginning point. If an active

section is deleted then the corresponding CONTINUE statement

should be uncommented in this section.

Statement 99999 is a RETURN. This is the only exit

from the FORTM program back to the GPSS program. Finally,

all the format statements for the FORTM program are listed

at the end of the program.

B-1-95/B-I-96

APPENDIX B-2

FLOWCHARTS FOR FORTM SUBPROGRAMS

B-2-1/B-2-2

Stort

FortiUVAUE)

INPUT SECTION

or*0 Gd set*#folt Vlma

Pe1 ar

22 9 a. OTAP

card "r eJOTPE6 anD. 0

card!

to set up to set u=an"mmie nmeusiclink trnste link transfe

~Cal LMc Call CLrM

tO trtafOto transferaddress lI,. address list

f GSN 1fine GS I

Plce deftult value AM Use WBASEI. see. in savevslue functions ocl

L the bas addresesof the GPSS matri

Place default value DELEIn see. it savewslue 109 Place STAFTX7'tMJ in savevalue

in 5veY~~a5alculate time oftt and time of

finisgh in hoursand minutes

Use MHBASEfuanctions to cal.the base addreses I utatIhuof the WSS matrices time of end 'raw time of

B-nte 2rtme ed4bw

wd count

Iereimrt

Out lnee

count

lin cun t y t o I

?* ~ ~ ~ ~ rt out, neorTw rCO

til .2-5w

FLIGHT SCHEDULE INPUT

Write out tomain memorvand reread witha namel.1stformat of IPL

In rement WROw(n . f rows inr ht sehedule)

Is r!te error

GATE.PAY Message; erroror TT'T RQ to in flght data

Yes zero input

NoTo

default Is Assign 1000 tozer: and It an rlv PrI

Is A.11LIN I fmil khtzero

YesSet error flea,

No Set Matrix mi. IFERRSW

Set matrix MHI 2nd eel. to

re eolumn to nnofirst en (WROW raw)1 for I =to(WROW rev)r,

DEFLUdefault -No A-TFMXN

airline) specifie

yes

Set matrix wAl3rd eal. toAIRLIN(WROW row)

Wt matrix MI4t, .1. toTIME(NWW row)

ISet matrix

MR,103 6th Col. '.time of flightfrom steft inmin.

105 11st MI eal. 7310 to 1,2.or 3 for

DOM.CON, or rXT c

resoectjws y;f-

B-2-6

C

115 Set M"L eol 8to A/C ty,.

Set VI~ eel. 91

ssteman ant trni

a e Set Bo, c.1Set 1011, Cl. 13 to tanstG X3/cl

out~~ ~ 3'ssem

fa Hl 16d

non. of rni

axax from pax

1015

B- 2-7f

AIRLINE DATA INPUT

101 es10

flaxgot 8

GROUND TRANSPORT INPUT

Set vw-Imblesto be read Into sera

te to nleftozr and IV

Vit. amlat.0roat or m~

In by 100 toobtain ser-ettaffew

B- 2-

PRETICKETED PAX INPUT

rite a fn

wJh a namelistfrwat of .L

1ae in Mh1(-3,.) 5 of

pretic I ted 010for DO"., MMl,

JlTres~mwc.-

jysly

Plae. in )h.(1-3.2) % rvtiek.eted direct01001% preticket-ed f bath the

S retick @taand % lbrttitaet-

ed direct me|? 0

B-2-1O

7,

WALKING TIME/DIST. OVERRIDE INPUT

To170JOBTA"

flag set

No

,te to mainFor: and readt,, nowlist

form&% of OV

IsTIME OT 0 so

ldlat-nel

ITI Place in W6Omm Ol :)di W6. MM6 ( FW )the VSMDCeI"e

t1le

B-2-11

PARM CARDS INPUT

173

AnBe 101

Ila

r-W.r . to tot: "I main

ormat of PA

BUS SCHE iE INPUT

186

IsMrAn

log so 01

ry od read

E Wrl te

to main

'..th.:

- 1 1 .I

PIMM in save-variable ARM.the later"aIn Secondsbetween busar"Vals

p2aft In saveTuri ab lea, DBWthe Interval insecond@ betweenbus Gepartures I

B-2-12

GPSS STORAGE CAPACITY INPUT

190

JODYes 01Be~ Be

No

Write to mainOI~v ad read

Ith. a nmwelift,form~at of S

For eaei stoSw1S1*n11ied.petno. Of availnble%ita in Storewm

101

TRANSFER FLIGHT OVERRIDE INPUT

B13

RUNTITLE CARD INPUT

200

toJOWrAPlag so

So

9

60; of

titl lines rite error

GT messame thatthere eye too

, titlein 5 dthalNo cur %nt"lifte

Ll not beed

t zret %;.

1by out 101

write to =inmemory and reInto arrWin

101

B-2-14

GEOMETRY INPUT

215

JOFMAP 201flog so

et J - no. aset 31 ty trwn GPSS-2

Set NOW tocumber offacility t

t.l:gtj

rhe

12=4k 'I teth a t"foruat of aE

IsERMP r2 101

set

If x or v Valueof coorilante,92 to am.them it isvlaced in M3(1.1-2)respectively

in so. oflot)

If Closest Wtpoint or Closest' an-tranee Point isG- ter* (i.e..swelfied) Planein P13(1.3 4)

r"pectivWxy

D

B-2-15

-----------

D

Are227 Y" Mai f4cilitle

brocessed inlin

NO

+For each

facd'lom en*cardme tn live

Count for -249OIGM) . and no.of facility intvUe

For eachf.,C,,Itv setMM9 OMM,1-3)to facilityt.vne, and v intno. respectively

If current pointre't_r __ _ a,-number is g0mv

g77er than oreviam... pt. setmax. Pt. tocurrent pointno.

Cea. subscriptIs no. for no. ofNo a 8 1 so _Yes avelablv units -4220

smae t,220t-- steeif,.is in stor-

set 0 t

e and',, (NEXTS =(I

SrZE(I) PAGE)

222 Place in Mg(NGE0.1-6)any parametersspeelfled inInvut line

227 isfee U V.W

type an en- sotrance or ezi

Too

101 JOWAYset eouml

,Woo

10

Set facility

if exit. to 4Mjif entrance

;t7vPO

to !!%r-]om

21

B-2-16

ENPLANING AND DEPLANING CURB STORAGE ASSIGNMENT

.qMIS EMPLAkYE-JUG CURB

221 is222< NQ.C S DEPLAN:.

ING CURB

SE SO(K)- SET ISTO(K)-

TO SIZE/SCALE SIzZ(1)/SCALE+ 0.5 + 0.5

IF ISTO().LT.1 IF ISTO(K).LT.1SET 3!?ISTOWK M STO(K)1

1CALCULATE CALCULATE SUBSCRIPT (K).SUBSCRIPT (K) FOR ENPLANING CURBFOR DEPLANING CURB DOUBLF PARKINGDOUBLE PARKING STORAGE NMISR

SET ISTO(K). SET ISTO(K)-DPARK(I)/SCALE TO DPARE(I/

if ISTO(KI.LT.3. IF ISTO(K).LT.1ISET SETISTO W-)1 ISTO(K)1

CALCULATE SUBSTRIPT (K) CALCULATE SUBSCRIPT (K)FOR DZPLAHNG CURB FOR DEPLANING CURBQUEUE .AME QUEUE AME STORAGESTORAGE NUMBER NMBSER

FSTISTO(K) -SET ISTO(KWSCURB (1)/SCALE To CURB(I)/SCALE*+ 0.5 + 0.5

IF ISTO(K)LT.1' ip ISTO (K) .LT. 1SET SET

ISTO(K)*1 1BT0K-1

22 2

(PREVIOUS PAGE)

B-2 -17

FLIGHT SCHEDULE AND FACILITY SORT;

WALKING TIME CALCULATION

No -i-0

o fbv iehi-I

mrace -i init PW-1,1to indicateVieat all

JOBTAP V.,29246g set

Prae. lot t'SPlas in g~B ame nwte. to

type1

CLOSEST ENTRANCE AND EXIT; END OF INPUT

elt ran. 8 Yes

291. Determuine elosest

to ech point an

setire inv valetDTAXPT WdDI 3WXL

Z Specify iimeheretraai sea~lqr

facliie

Dein avtale

B-2-2.9

BAGGAGE UNLOAD

2,Set KAX1AGequal to(IVALLJEC2);

eq.:l to

I4A)MAG, the

4ncrementali

eat MOPS equalto 40, the I Add to thec-

initial byte tents of MTESTParamleter J the value of

number MkXBAG

Set-2

BAGCLAIM

3 -

to cuarrentPoint number

Set MV toflight table

rownmber

Set j to rO"

Tor baggageniber inb 1

tSet MPTO to

point n=mb~

nibr

enurmber

f309 to mi3L

so

310

Set PE2 tPoint number

Set P4to J,

M9forae

lbaggag claim

B-2 -21

CUSTOMS

4,

Set NPTFM to

current pointnumber

Set V3 to MUS

row number forimmigration

Set L to asso-

ciated customfacility

number; fromM9 (rV3,4)

e ttow numberfor associ-ated customsfacilityIIet NPr?O to

pIint numbero associatedcusto z

nfbe a. a i -~

facility

Assign state-I m7%t number

0S S to L T

313 to NEXT?

651

a o

storge, queueanumber for a-bociated cus-

I 1"?0: pointnumberk

Set P15 to myStoasg,queue-

Set PS to 11,

Process codefor custom,

B-2-22

... . ... .. .I - [ . ...

d ..

GROUND TRANSPORT MODE

S.t TV2 toIV UE(21i.. rt..r of paxb. Ing mt lorrandom

$at 4 toIVX- 41

PW

702 Set 9 qual116toI., :,*

Ive

Set L *"&I

Ispret-ket

Slat L I Lgassthan rwdm

.. "or

,ve 71, sat TROVC?aQI4I to rado. n wmber

MOM 0 bad I

got J OR.41-tomi "ads oft T nepDrtatim

I

2(ZV4,J)

SrT I-J.1 *aTo all.. 2p " ve '. I atcar mod., by I

toffes a

s,.Vr to m thaft aat

asponst IfterSOMPht.a wmr "-at,

now, by

Assgh toth. "IV@ of

, flw f-iretcketod/ 04 9not pirm"Chat

#As&:, to P"

XMD: I

I

A0810n to

B-2-23

RENTACAR

IVAL to Wflt:,:rror.11 t points IlIrr, SOt L to Zero

ax

x a "

it

KF%-AlLITILIS

60t % It. T;_.950 7-C "T-

32, A..i 326 to

9,

6

NEXT r-iit.1 .. *,cv

or ir. 5SetNPTTO toKIN 70;cni.nt

r, tr:-t L b0. of 8 61 In f

it, .0. t Tat I to 9999 MCM EQ i iurtr o!IN. error flog

X,111: at)Its f... Umber

Ift Mff - forcar rental S*tK tQrMv

PIINPT(, C ... -_ 1 (".4 - caQ? We lie Is rental94

d,&'*--'Od fee I N OT. th corc fa

rect Set j to few tcilitleagency cod number of Iasi &at*

umbe rental agencyfacility Is

"cr ReAt K-'by I! r,,, 1.

32o In number of *fined facill.

" a? 341, f c "t 3 X At:.C.i.'d' If rawr of set NM ' to

f t rental PE9 ,,3,rit -';;barc "Ig C foci- Point

Acrivismint N b Set X72W3 toI to. Ulw*r S rTEYVI to ws re- numbernext rents I:trge wwwr of rental

Cy foci- 9-ney foci-ity in P09 set NIMPTO 181tY in M9

TWrit or r

ivt L to %was: gewc,I-7TNp: foci- I V&1ILI-1rS Im-

tt IT ro F-11"Ev Pop CkpW %"kL Am",.y,

FOVAtOr I Z"; I-Set N to Z; 14 ",.-,A"rCei nufter of we-rfi"t rental

I set ITEMP3 tol 49 ncy, foci-W: M9 zn, I-ty i. WO Incrementnumber for HER=: byo,*Sar "pay wror countowtor Increment F

L7TM by 1,facility

Isunber of r or it,"nay CD to 91) MR Lv MR.

N Ilowabl*Trp ' Cint COUhtOber :f

LN.".110604 cOunt.,

PC

KI

41Qor 4) ME set MIscar rents, ,an

ISet ITEMPI to code numbpI;h t-

2, MPITOI alter.or Ik 9" ""to carNo rental sivene,

Alp Point nwiftr"

ZTZMP2 a -at (11"TO toITZMI; sho M9 11 , 3 1,

We king Point numberOf foci "LtyI.- or

B-2-24

Set N tog_

the ue og

er of rrental facil-ity number

,a5ign to PH2

the value ofNINPTO point

number o

,,ig to P17z

teValue of

aign to p31s

roceam codeor car entalgerncyta

B-2-25

EXIT

Yes

"E"~T rVALUC ),599:) OO'41ERPORS, Point number

ear.) 10 .. able of currenterror count

acewd.Set 2V3 toV Liz (23current

NERCT by l'tYrot musat

t- to?VAILM (4) 1nesrt address

F . ru at 1

525OM Re~awCt SCio numbe. 21g."I toPLO.CrROOpOe O

to

e

Ar3 toIent~ e'Patw I

wra t

B-2-26

at jto 4H9- Set jto M9- eJ to ui9-ISet J t n IrV3,3); point (rV3.3) ; poin, (IV3.3) ; point

,13) p I number of number of wbrop rrevious i previou reviooprvion location locat n lOcationlocationo

e PTTO to o Set NPTTO to St NP? Oto 1

K13( ,3) Mi3(J,3); 11E33 1 PO I?13(J,3);nearest ex: nearest exit nnearest exit

point numer point r

Asinstate- Assign state- Assign state- A!ssign state-ent number mentnuber mant number sent number

to NEXT521 to NEXT 531 to X

516 52 526'I

Assign to P"2 Assign to P"2 Assign to P12 Assign to P12th value of the value of the velue of the value of?I'IO; near- NPTO, near- NP ?"O near- I NPT 0) near-

est exit est at st exit elst e3xt

point number poinlt number point nva3o pint number

99999 999999999

Set J to M?9.( V3,3); poInt

number ofprevious loca-

Assign to Pdthe value of

Set NPTTO to NPTTO; nearestMH3 (J,3); exit point

nearest exit number, poin- numter

- Assign stasemen9

;number 536 to* NEXT

9,0 B-2-27

IMMIGRATION

LCJ EO to !V '(2);t99 K *PS M. all

tle *rror cow,

Sot 1 V3 toIoc-me0t gal.U nubeSFEhCK,?

7 ll.er ror count

Sot L. to Mg--to -fx~t!; 1 V3 1 5), do-

PA-inrrP o.- T rt -Ti. 1 :~~' yr _" t "

NO rS.is t

CT 0, He,(~~ ?ZEXRO; ag cuty beAr. an)- if r.tio fine

f: c ilues 6sf inYES

rW~rX(13)tItDEX(13)-L;index number M9 ro. oumbe

for for des lanated

set X to .7 Set WPMT to

for imois r. nt 'herat AIJntgratiooofaciit

et to -

st "E t"O

!ato 13t

loeInc fremnt L L- ; inty

ERCN? ~ ta sc EiM for ammiqration ~ Sr t.

?i AXIICeni to Sign ~ to . eOTrwr RO the value, of

for3OTs nbera e e

B-2-28;tm ~ gato

DEPLANING CURB (PAX)

Sset sin to

point nwbeof "rrentlocations

Set rV3 to

currentProcean Code(Other than

II t ,i t~o I

I VALtn! (1).

Flight table

0e P V30 1 1 ,

a facility'to

AO

Ye Is facity a

6103o 5oafacility a

Os5 * £arli!±tya

f Tly ~ Yet

t t e / C n e c ), i .

NCet to Pall

Write smsaae

WTI TO DI.PLAIDG CUMn

(13, CWCtop~ I

au

ACW

B-2-29

St!I to M11- Sot toSot I to Set I to(1V5,12) + | VAL E(4); | VALUE(4); !VALLE (4) rINDEXF(4).M9 lait 14(9 rO last Mp49 row last 1(9 rowrow numbery barfor baggageclaim area

tSt ITElP to Set rTEMP1 toM9((1,4); do- W49(1,4); de- P419(1,5);

Set ITEMPI to planing curb planing curb parking fa-1 9 (1,4); facility no.deplaning curbfacility no.

699 E 209

Set J to

ITE P1 +I:NDEXF (12) ;M19 row numberof deplaning Set tocurb facility (115,3)

Airline

?W9 (J,3)point numberof deplaning

Assign state- Set 1 tc M.2ment number (1,1)691 to NEXT Vs:PL.CU.P NC.

Set J toSet K to DPCCS I + INDEXr(8)+ ITE1I-l; facil:tv No. oqueue-storage ENFL CU.number of do-

planing curb .

1692Set pK2 to

[ NPTTOI pointnumber of de-planing curb

L a I; I

1419 row rn. eof deplaning

Set P sT tocurrent pr-cost co.e fordBplanin curb

B-2 -30

DEPLANING CURB-(CARs IAND GREETERS

Set IV2 to 71

line nu mber

Set 1V3 to y-ora,- nu- cr

Flight Table VL ;"r

Ro Numbercalvula

Set IV4. to +2IVALUE(.) ;(oo)Number of Bags

IAmsign storage 1D3

IS Y.. /\ NO. J to pH6; 1sJy' NE. 0. to FB10 flag for

No Bag O curbside parkinp

No No Ass~gr. -oPF 2 tc :=;*

etHt H2 j \Yes Flar for(V2, I); Curb I 7l ~CpCe doulble parkin.de.Number forl 'jr!--

Airline

Calculate Sub-Is Yes )from ll-(J 1)+2

4IVALUE(!) EQ 716

I;Greoter CeJ.PB,

~NoetJECSL1; Storage No.

Do 713 K-I, 10 for enplaningCurb No. L.

(et L to IEscH

ng Curb to tesjsor availabi li

WNo

O~ NC~PL; 'E ~ Let ITEMrl to

L .0 a valid r.,- *' 7l IMHEr( .L~* ~ MN~Roy No. forE~np aingCr

B-2-31

713 71571

T 'Set J to MH9(f7,3'Continue; Assign 0 to ;+INDEXF(12);Terminus of PH6, ~4 to PBJO; deplaning curbDO LOOP flag for nme lsidRPecirculation ube plsidx

No. for denlaning[curbs ides-

Assign 12 toSet L to M; ~99'PB11; processEnplaning curb --'code forfor IV2 Airline deplaning curb

T 716

Set J to EPQCS Calculate travel+L-1; storage T-time from park-number for L T ing to curbsidecurbside queue Set J equal to

M + INDEXF(8);MH9 Row Number 7

____ _ jAssign NPTTOCalculate sub- to PH2; pointscript ITEMP3 number offrom ll*(J-l)+2 deplaning curb

Assign 8 toPBll; processcode for enplan--

J-ing culqbside

-C ; N sp~ eT PH7; facilityavaliab,1. inj 7~ nme

queue 718

TAssign J to PH6,9993 to PBlO, flagfor curbside9yeue__ __

99999 a

B-2 -32

/K ( 71:,

Set I to MH(IV3,12) + INCO F(4); :Set J toM,7(,

~*SRow numler :+ DF'DP27-1.'Acr;For baggage clai. dou le par. n"area assigned tcflight

Get GPSS su - Assirs.script -TE-,r3 -=I-'from ll* (J-l)*2 for rec'rcula-

Is'V5 "' -717"Greeter ;Ye ISW- EM )e -.

EO 0. 711

storageN :o ._fulI No

Set J to MH9(I,4) v+ DPCES-l; Assign GPCSdeplaning curb- Storage numlerside storage no. 2 to FH

Get GPSS sub- Vscript ITEMF3 rfrom ll*(J-l) 2 FSet P-IO equal

to 2; flag fordouhle parking~slot

ISTO(It.4 , 710 iI

EQ 0; storage 710 090

full

Assign GPSSstorage numberJ toPH Set 2equal to

'Set PBIO ecual - Assi'n 3 to'to 1, flag for 1 3 to PItC; flac forcurb slot 11* (J-l)+2 curl queue -let

Yes Is Aesign GrFFy ISTO(ITE. No Storage numler~,7l ~ Q0; queue j to r'HC

B-2-33

ENPLANING CURB

sap anIft9 511 T 'c

curb n r airfor b.""for ' *top

S*t,,TV3 toI VA VE (3)

IsTEKP3 GT 0: 1

us stop enp 14-9nuft *r different rmr".1- -pla.i ng S t to M2-

curt n r ( IV,.,, on;,pl--,

cufacilityNo nunb-rn.for

Set ITEMP2 toM2(IV2"'regular an-

Isplanin TV3 cc 1? 6Ubeqf" rb it pr-wate lar rair line drop of

Set ITEMPIINDEXr(S)ITE V3 EC 4: bus', -1.=,for I , m .*nplan.ng cqft

0Set NPTTO to M EQ 5,

I aMH9 TEMPI,3); t";point nwhbor .7;for anplarangcurb

Set PK2 to.1., 0 f Sol L tCNPPTD: point ISPS CH , 1,J) -:7-

enp-ning curb

car i 12number thaSet ps 7 to for

999rEMPI ; PMn -IQ

mberrm nu

1. Of not goo T

Imin, cu%ndw

SatErTEMP! torw

X1,11.1 rowfor Onplanxng a.Set IT73N# a-

for

onpan-9.r:_IT 'or

'-"09(ITEMIII 3) 9,0

set UnTO to9 (ITIMI,3);

T, 3 toP in Ve,numb* ve? I., t 1 )-2

as

of O"Planmg mbscri

"U'"'

It

-cr, M forIL F T- j - ;r- *,.,I&&

has to ,4r! r -it. A n1.

h

-PH7

ra I to OF

B-2-34

804

7 -800

TSet M equal to 7EPDPS + L-l;double parkingstorage number Continue; ter-minus of_curb_ ..

DO LOOP

Calculate sub- Tscript number TITEMP3 from Set L=J,11= (J-1)+2

enplaning curbfor IV2 airline

/ Is -"_ TSTO(ITEMP3) EQ~ 0 e ITM t0 odouble,/O

TEMP1 to

\Parking~7 !INDEXF(8) +L;!facility number

NO :for curbside

Assign M to PH6,2 to PB10; flag S MCfor double Set M to EPQCS

prkdul +L-l; GPSSpri ..-.. storage number

Tfor curbside

803 -- VCalculate sub-

script ITEMP3from ll*(M-l)+2

805

ISTO(ITEMF 80

00 ; no queuAssign 0 to PH5 space0 to PH6,4 to

PB10; flag forrecirculation .NO

Assign M toT PH6, 3 to PB10;

99999 flag for curbqqueue

803

B-2-35

ENf'fxANCE

12

Set NPTFM to

IVALUE (2) ; thePoint numberof the currentlocation

Set NPT O toMH3 (NPTFr,4):.the nearest

entrancepOint number

nenit number

813 to NEX

950

Assign to PH2

the value ofSNP'I0 theentrancepoint number

B-2-36

TICKETING AND CHECKIN

set NPTFN to IVALU,3 2) ;Point number

fcurrentlctoz

etJ to IVALIE

3ZiIj npla assenger notlevel ticketed or random11;t2N using express _

D~ ISet 3 to INDEX?NO. .(14); index numberl

of.0. for full serviceY.s Eq. 3; is this 1ktf jl jpgreeter or gropted

Pax St 9 to J+NOTICXlast I.59 row~ no.no for full serviceticket facilit

0t 3+, first

ful rvice ce

Ie incemn

-iln cod f or

B-2-.37ke

ICKETS I _H.CKZ&N.to NOTICK GT 0;

%1FINEfirst full service

r-hC1'E1;LZNIGailie oeefo

frfull servi ce

L'AC ILI'DEYr(E4!N 1

F9 rawIN oDE:f 9 u oa

Srt 1 ric

jt N to CK(,4

B-2-38n cdefo

850

Set J to INDEX (2).index number for

ress cheekin '

let K to J+NOCHZC;eet M9 r w no.|or .xpress check£iacilities I

Set J to J1; fir

9 row no. for

:xpress checkin ici 1i ties

Set I to J; frstIl9 row no. forexp!ress, ahckin

ncrement L by 1;

nuex r ofxpresscheck in fcilit

M9s ,4 J O toI VEX(1)

dx nfor asfor

!Ull service ticketl

In-ec2i -ail t i s o ee.

atJto Jl i rst)U ]9 row number forj

ul sice ticket

11 1 8 E r -

B-2-39

A

at I to J. i irstull service ticks4cilitv

ncrement 1, by 1;

at0. f ful rviI

soncrementi ket0

i I..

Is

of

full

arv

y s

9(1,4 Is ZQ I Vairline code for-scility same asas

passenger*code

F71cr.-nt I by 1;next full serviceticket sacility

GT X; have aull service tick*

acilitiestried

Write Message: No IsTICKETS 4 CRECKIN NOTICK GT 0;FORnNPLANINC ave any full serviPASSENGERS. RUN icket facilitiTERMINATED. n define

at I to INDEXF(141; M9 raw no. foirst full service

t N to mg (1. 4);:Oirlin* code 7-uZZr]

Message; NOEXPRESS CHECKIN FAC-ILITY VEFINZD FORAIRLINE CODE IV3FOL SERVICZ FACILITIF Al NE CODEUSED

ncroment mzjtcHDTby*rFog coun

Iset L to 1: f ratI full serviceI ticket aciutx.,-l

99 Y ERCNT EQ-ERROHas maximum or

count

B-2-40

85)

Set M to TICOS+L-1;y ueue- -Sorage no.or f ull .e"ice

t icket facility

Set IT31'W to CHEM3block locaion for

set N to 4: processcode for full serviceticket faci litv

87

85

1Seto to CHKQS-l+L; 999Iqueue-storg nuhmber

999for express checkinnuber L Assign to Il

te va lue of.

Se..t N to 2; processcode roes

code for express

Assign to P97 thSet TEMI toCHEvalue Of 1; theSetI1M~lto CqK2; MR9 row no.

block location for

e ru s ch ckinA ssign to PH5 th

valu, of M; the965 - 0.

the value ofSet PTTOto ITVI 1, blockSe N?'OtoD9 location

(1,3); point no.

Assin Sttema the value ofAssgnet t7 t "Opoint856 to NEX 1-

B-2-41

SECURITY

Set NPTF to IvALUE(2); point no. ofcurrent location

Set IV3 to IVALUE

St I to MJ9(IV3,4)security facilitynumber for a IV

Write M;essage: NO IsSECURITy FACILITY 4.f rT 0; hasIDEFINED FOR GATE ecurity facilitXV3. SECURITY FAC- een SpecifieILITY NUMBER 1 for gat

SASSIGN... SSet J to INDEXF(3)Set 9(IV3,4) to I; M9 row no. for1; ..Sign security security facility

facility I as number I ,security facilityfor gate numberlwI Set M to SECOS+I-1;

queue-storage fac-ility number for

St I to ecurity facility

security facilitynumber

Set NPTO to MI9(J,3); point no.of security facilityl

t ,ig tatementj861 to NuX!

Assign to P12 the

value of NPTIO;Point number

$sign to P15 thealue of M; queuetora ae nume

A*sign.- PRIJ thevalue of J; NK9row number

A82i~ra PBll the~vaklue of 3; pro-cL49code forsecur t

B-2-42

GATE (ENPLANING PAX)

e t N PT FM t o Iv A L TIE2); the Point no.

f the current(Ocation

Pet 1V3 to rvALuz(3); the gate no.

Set NPTTO to 1Sf9(1V3,3) the poinno. of the gate

not . dis acili

a CummlyYeScilia"ign statement

umber 874toNX

SCt N tOGASL+V3

1queue-storage

number for gate72S to a number MV

Asign to P52 talUe, of NPTTOt Pl(J,9) to ah Point numbr

assign gate Of the ate

r te aaage: Ivalue of N; the

Writ TAaaign to PHS hGATE V3 .oT I;: torg no.e

I Uasign to P371 thAalu, of I the

iSet NPV3 to 1;rcaa 4 onew aae ate.

SBi-2toP91

PARKING (PAX)

set NPTFM to IVALUE~ 2.point no. of

F _=

SeIV3 to IVALUE(S),trsrtaionjflg

bea V to IVALUE(4); dep anuig/*q

_laning flag(01

-Set IV6 to IVALUE(6); Set rVS to IMLUEFlag for lot numiber (5;crr al

ionlv aqene numbr

X5 IsIs3 Is

IV3 EQ 2; rV4 EQ 1 In veh i 7272, Does passenger is passenger oing fro 1ar

driv sef eplaingto crb

V3 EQ 2

craddress ralluter is vehicle

oing from park 72

Write message: IN-VALID CALL TO FORMh

IsARKING. PP 2-O~rM,

ys Is this prive .B-V3..728 ~vehicle 6r3

No As this 722

FIncrement NEC; by I tta a -l1; error con .ntl vhi

Rois EQ ERRO . 1 No9999. imum allowable erro

B-2-44

728 72272

=111 paM i ZQ Set I to INDE (11) Is., nPrkin 4

index nuwnber for XVE Elot number rflag for area

Set J to I+N0OM-;

Set l e rO. E] lat r wn o. No

5parking area p Increment I by 1; Set PB14 to LOTNo.assigne first MH9 row no. area number

INS N a S

• not s ms retal /

Set to MH9(N,S);

perking facility no.orrental a eny

4T L 1; t N to INDEX?" 1;-isit Y< O) L; MR9 rowapeia umber for park-lot ng facility

1to WTNWO;parkin lot nwmbe Increment N by 1;

next p49 row no. Set N to PMSfor rental a en +L-l; queue-

set PEA to 10; storage forProcess code for j parking facil-I Par~ g ,. Ity number L

IsNT J; all-t P17 to N.. M antal agencies

ow no. of Parkin n tri

YesSet PUS to. M Set N to INDE I 1 _~qeue-storege noJ ,]nber for parking|

[ of parking • I ai 1t

Oi"/;toit LOTNO-l queue-storage -NEmraof parking no. for parking f-e

fcilityn I ilit

of,3 ,P T point no t

arkiq fo lit |

B-2-45

TRANSFER PAX

set m4 to IVALUE(5), tyt I.T-7Gate no. of arriv- transfer/ransit flea|

sranch to 8;1 if,transfer,Re f, transit * ,

S "Set ITEMP3 to MH9(M,4) security no.also concourse no.

SECURITY FACILITY TE01G

DEFINED FOP GATE' . iHas security faisM, 'SECURITY FAC- lity been speciILITY NUMBER for the gate

S Set Kto ps;SecuityOFXR GT ON |% number in art,no. I to gae re the re /

414hIncrement IM412._-2. (ITEMP;) by K;

Sadd to count ofs for security the pax leavinafacility no- I block locatiomo ~ ~ ,i

!Increment

Save-Set N to remainder value XFRXH;of IVALUE(2)/NOFXFR j increment count1; picks a random of pax not get-

Set I to MSh(I): sg t

MH row no of the blockaoflocation of

j Assign to PH8; the block~location of

CTRL1

subscript for no.Of seats still

available for trans-fer oaaS e,,-

Decrement Ml (1, 11)by one: decrementthe number of seatsavailable for

B-2-46

Is 820N H1 M~(1,l 11 0 y Assign I to Phl:&5 d Space for transer transfer flightbeen filldo row in KH1

flight

_________822

-Set L to' Foin ?UI5 offigh

MHS CL): sub-script Of trans-fer fl ight in

Set ITEMP2 toITIP3+l: sub-script of next

in MRS5 matrix

Inrmn

923J

Is -4

822 819

St K to IVALUE(3; Is~r9arriving flight no. Q Ho .... 9for transit paz 826 No a te IGAT;.same gate for

arrival and

Set IGAT to :H eparturi (K,9) ;gate no.

of arrivin fig ht Yes

Set K to (l, to 817examine 14 flightlater than arrival 18fli qht

Set I to K; row no. of transitfollowing arrivalafliaht

Increment HH111bv K

Is Incremenit 'TXH|H1(1,11) by l,add transitC .N ,eg,zeroor POS. Inc pax to transfer pax81 -

, en Incbl: % rement I ]and of table; b Count withoutarriving or depa b 1 Itransfer flichtsng flight

positive 826 Assin T99 to

HPH4,CTTLO to DPSTerminate trans!;

819 99Assign I to PHI,.CTRLO to PBSroute transit -pax to next fliah]

B-2-48

TRANSFER FLIGHTS

Set IF2 to IVALuE (2);1U~l Row n umber

Iflag Or initialzedIteltet/add/ticketI

IsV3 EQ to

032 Is flag Setdelete

Yen .Lo.Is836 is ticket IV3 EQ 2; 1/e. \

unter no. Is-flag set t 830cluireadd

no

0.7 ta'- zero, or C03.; atnd of table, arrival

ight or deplanin

tart in seconds

numbe of irmen f XF flgt yra

9499 Is9

32

MRTI.NEfliq t yIV2: Is ir t

a

"S (IL to

hin transfer table 9999not the on* to

be delete

Set I to 1

t ITEMP1 to sub-cript of flightransf r table.

Set ITEMP2 to ITEMPI*1* subscript forn t ight in trans-

MnS (

Move contents ofITFtMVP2) o.MP2)7

MH5 (ITEMPl);

Increment I by 1

InI GT NOP)apR;

&ve transfer fligbeen moved

a"

Decrement NOF)EIIRby 1; decrees* count

83 If transfer M

its message:

1)

DDITION M? DE-AR 119G MIGHT,

a

[D'D

40 N t"F

ROW M. M, E0 001.

TRANSFTR FLIME

i :ht 11.

i t*

Me a go"

InG r L" MABLE WOULD SAVE Ull

PEATED OVF.R FL(M

OvrR rL11

STR FL146r.

IZ WOULD "WOND:IT , ION. FL

increaseOT ADDED ncre-t NO= ,b

P;

f transfer fligh

999 Ve'ii I tl

2; place fliahtat MHS(NOFXFR) totran for tablewr:Vhich J: MS

B-2-50

[St IARLN to1

eot airline n.

HO(14,2); indexl

MHO (14

,l);:no ofticket COunterso

Set ITEMPI toXROWNO + it first99ticket counter in99

Set TEMP2 to A~SSqn X PNOIROWNO + XNVMTC;last ticket counts

SetIPTk4O to8set MHt -M9(1, 3). 838LS~t to Iticket counter

It. no.

9 (illEQ. ZARLIN; i v .th~.8 the " 838Ero

rNCZMN I y 1Set ZTEMP2 tINCRE1NT I y 1 P9 (1,4)

B-2-51

I IIIs

MISCELLANEOUS ERROR CONDITIONS

19Set IV2 to

IVALUE (2)

type oferror

Branch to correspondinc -- atement numberfwhe zv2 is one of the following numbers:

GO TO 901 902 1903 904 905 906 1 907 908 1 909 910

Write Message: write message:VEHICLE XAC PAX XAC WITHIVALUE(3) UN- TRANSPORT MODEABLF TO MATCH IVALUE(3) ENTER-WITH PAX AT DE ED BLOCK DPLCO.PLANING CURB. CHECK USER CHAINCHECK USER 'ERROR' FOR XACNCCHAIN 'ERROR' IVALUE(4FOR THIS

C.

999 999

B-2-52

FORMATED REPORTS

$*I "I to IVALLEI., relacace

clock ties

Set m Ut" to

facilit ity

Breach to CO~5Op~fid~h. tyesiit ai~s si!i s O h olss ~ s

to,

iu~uerindex s... 0te 1alt type..

lity type3

30" RO to 43J n0o.

of oo 2fciit Of tpe Iin I

Print column ,- 3

I Set NCOUNT to 1i1+ NTLINS; Number1 of lines printed

on page

Set XTEMPI to

FACQSX(I); basevalue for queueand storage-LSet IQUER to4*(ITEMP-I); partof subscript forqueue attribute,

comulative timeinteraal

Set IQUI toIQUFR + XQUER;part of subscriptfor queue Iattributes

(It STOX to l*(ITEMP-l); partof subscript forstorageattributes

ITEMPl-FACQSX (I)

+1; set ITE PIto 1

SetN to J; first1facility of typeI n iMl9

Is

NCOUNT +2; addtwo to number ofJlines printed onpage

B-2-54

W

"Itl: :tmz.'N Oft a. -wTLzt4s GTIs thirt simul

Ch tit.1 write Pwasa":(All tinge inMhUte. - set

a 3 IT-n Ir- I 2CI I I.

422 422 423 430 425 50 450 430 450 454 431 1 430 1 4 450 450 450 450 450

422 421 42write ampor Write awporl W 34

d: 4-10. Title, rite Aspon "Its Report write Repori Write upc.-tDer Ing U) Title, TAtleF car Titl ; Title.-"to Custom ratach Ticket SChe Rental I'melity

i1ifacility Fee ty Meek.,?a ility Run 11%9:11171ty Report pacAlAtyReport '=r" Report Report %apart

"' "r t.Ot-

Print ftlamnMe Logo,

t x 2 toCorr t to-T43 ofmWebar of evail.able units inStorage

isgot 01SM71tMN to- 1141, TZMP2 OT logo,2: set flag Is noftbor offor endef1jam"d agent% on-number of fi

Set to

42" (Ivm.$)hu F entry

count samescale

Solt Is

XTWS VM3 OT OF

l"Wii to to entry ~ t

11,11ral act Faster than

value* to be Sees

printed out

yes

B-2-55

Soet ITEM4 to ISTO(ZSTOX47)1 maximum~etorago contentswh ich gives maxim ,

number of aents \.~

bus

e t I TE MP to FSTO2 SOX+3) /Cl cumu-ative time iater-al divided byalative clockisis which gives

Set 1TEMP6 to 75T(1STOX3) /ITE!3cumulative timeintergal/entry.Count*SCA.LE whengives average tieper patron in

et XTENP6?- toTEM?6/60: averageIne per ptron ininutus (trancated

I :10:Ore-

OM~inder secondsdafter ccangiginve

Set~~~~vrg timeXT1 per ag i~eiIl~lol.,.2I~[aOSot 1in7a : et minutes

aSt ITEP7 to 10 at;N1p2t(IQUEI*2)SCAUZ . Pl/0 Se verageStotlmetr cont iremaindqer 0finM.SCALE dihich giv 10ut : traed

got IDWBITEMP4Is e atime cioc

ntergagot values IsrentryScountode be reat, vided out raeterti

(ivUEs.)SA aveageIves average mMeue coient imn queue in cn

CAEBhchgve Nuts(tucae

rite line ofscility roporor facility nTEMI

nCrOment ITEPWI by: Set ITEMPI toFXT facility nwabein type I

Set I VER to I= +4+4; set part of sub-script for queueattribute for eml-time integral tonext facility

-IV

Set IQUE1 to 10m.1: Set part of Sub-script for queueattributes to nextfacility

at ISTOX to ISPAX11: set part ofubscript fortoraga, attributes

"ext facility

lncr.*MMt N by 1;r rOrwnw ber for

ext facility

aN No0 w OT R;

S" all fecilitim,tYPO I beenprinted

rint MRS"ge, AlIV*$ incoeds

rint Pftssa"-p* Isndl-catel UndefIne WSW-CH 20 1.

(Unlimitso nwaber 'W" .0,4 any facility af AGENTS. Ype I hav* an undefined

nunber ofagents

we

Increvent I by I ISet I to next t S

IsI OT 20,

L ave all facilittypes been

tried

999

B-2-57

rite line offacility reporfor facility noITEN i

'Increment ITEI4Pl by~-AN'I; Set ITEMPI to_'EXT facility numbeI )n type I

Set IQUER to IQUER+4+4; set part of sub-script for queueattribute for cumi-t ime integral tonext facility

Set IQUEI to IQUEI+8; set part of sub-script for queueattributes to nextfacility

et ISTOX to ISPAX

111; set part of

ubscript fortorage attributesonext. facility

Increment N by 1;?5M9 row number formext facili.ty

NO NB-2-5;

CLOCK UPDATE

Set ITEMP1 toCLKXH+IVALUE(2) /60; in-crement clockby one

te

Is et2TM59t

SNAPSHOTS

CURRENT CLOCTIME IN IjENPil

is

SRITEHSNALINET

DET INNP TO

TIT4 CO INES

WREITENPSHTP

TTEAND EDNS

B-2-64

INCREM LINSRPBY1

isLINSNXLT. 50?

TIME SERIESLINES LT.50

SET LINSNX ToNUMBER OF

TITLE LINES

WRITE TIME SERIESTITLES AND HEADINGS

1NCREMENT LINSNX60BY 1

DO 660 lB* .2

CALCULATE SUBSCRIPTFROM INPUT GpsTDtIR)

FOR ENTRY COUNT

CALCULATE SUBSCRIPT

FOR CURRENT CONTENTS

SET X EXTCT To ENTRYCOUNT OF DES IGNATED STORAGE

B3-2-61

CALCULATE OUTFLOWSTORE IN FLO0W

SET ENTRCT(R) ANDCRCON(IRI TO CURRENTENTRY COUNTAND CONTENTS

[ SET TSU(Rl

SELECT QUEUE N4BER965 FROM INPUT GATO(IR)

CALCULATE QUEUELENGTH SUBSCRIPT, JQUE

SET TSQUEIIR,1) TQUEUE LENGTH,

%7 SELECT HALFWORD NUMBERFRO14 INPUT GPHALF(IR)

CALCULATE FLOW FROMHALFWORD SAVEVALUE

STORE FLOW VALUEIN TSRALF(IR+1)

B-2-62

SET JTNUF(rit ToCUMULATIVE VALUE ISHLF

660 CWIU

Do 969 IL - 1,7

SET JSECF ToCUMULATIVE SECURITYOTF'LOW IN M12(IL(

969 STORE CUMULATIVE SECURITY

D0 973 IT - 1.15

FULL SERVICE COUNTER OtLoWM

S9IN 9114 (IT)

B-2-.63

hP

CALCULATE CURRENT FULLSERVICE FLOW, STORE

IN TTFLOW(IT I)

STORE CUMULATIVE FULL

SERVICE FLOW IN ITCKFL(IL)

WRITE TSSOUT, TSQUETSNALF, TSFLOW, TTFLOW, ON

FILE 13 FOR PRINT OUT

TAHALF, TSLOW, TTFL4W. ONON FILE 14 FOR STORAGE

B-2 -64

CHANGE CARD PROCESSING

Doe.IVALUE (2)

EQ 2; arecurrent contenb 'es O 590treater thannew ,cap ty

'- NO

DoesICHNGi EQO

frooessing kNo >580first chanqe\ card

Yes

DoesSERVS (I)

EQ O data 0Nopresent on .. . ..' input

a Yes

Set Il,index of servers array.M - 0 facility count on data card

Set L - 1,loop counter

IsSERVRS (I-

- trmn faci-

j y type ~ -,FnrGfent by 11 NO

.... y type./

-J.GT 20

Yes

,/'557

B-2-65

553

Set J to FACOSX(L);

number of first

storage in type

DoesJ EO O;

invalid fac-Ni lity type

No

Set J - J-l;iindex for facility

ity e

I ISet I -= I+1;lincrement subscript.!for SERVRS array

Set IFACNO EQSERVRS(I); nextraaiteminSvs

No

IsIFACNO LT 0; Yes 551

N another faci-'ity type

'" 4/ No

Is.rFACNO .GTNFACSM(L,1) N Yes ,557.GT number of4

Xl-ll(J+FANO.l)+l;'Isubscript for current

contents of storage

-W - - -,

-PP

B-2-66

PPpp

Set K2*KI+I 7

subscript forremainina cavacity

Set ICONT toISTOMKI);current contents

Set IRCAP toISTO(K2); remain-ing capacity

Increment I by 1;subscript for nextdata item in SERVRS)arrayPS

Set NEWCAP to fSERVRS(I); newinput capacity

',,NEWCAP LT 0'.R O Y e s 5 5

Is N-'NEWCAP GEX tcom: new --.

capacity greater Ye s S55than or equal/ " .to current

Ncontent!7'

Set ISTO(2) 0;remove unused

,capacity

I Set NMM+l;subscript for,M7 array

B-2-67

Se1t MM7(N,1)7:to J+PACNO;

:Set MH7(M.30.1)."tO NEWCAP

ISet ISTO(X)-NEWCAp-ICONT; remaining capacity

e tual to now caiacity.MinuB current Content*

rsei MH-WI; incrementIMH7 subscript -

IJ. IFACNO: CpSS:Storage nwnbr

Set ISTO (Xl.5) todecrement entrycount by one

B-2-68

Write ErrorMessage

Set Logic SwitchJOBLS to terminate,simulation run I

;999558

Zero SERVRS.array

Set NSCXH to M;

total count ofstorage changes toperform_

560 Read next chanaecard into ICAP.

For EOF, go to 585

Increment NCARDby 1

<LINECT. LT " . Yes 51" 9

'No

B-2-69

... .. ...

,Set LINECT -1;output pageline count

579 Write header1for outputpage . . .

I s

58 o NE rCl)N Yes 585

rag card~. >

Set ICHNGI to 1;flag for firstchange data card

rite ICARDinto BUFFERarray

ISet BUFFER(l)I- NAMECH; SCH

ffor namelist read

iSet BUFFER2 - IAND(BUFFER(2):MASK2) + BLANK2; blank out.5th and 6th card charactirs

Read withnamelist of CHfrom BUFFER

ss

B-2-70

55

Set IC= SAVEVALUECLKXH; current timeof 24 hour clock

Calculate secondsfrom current time tonext storage change.Place in CHGXF

99999

585

Set CHGXF to 1,000,000delay final change beyondsimulation run time

99999

590

Set J-11*(IVALUE(3)-l)+1; current contentssubscript

Set NEWCAP=IVAZtjE(4);GPSS value from MH17I(P4,1)

TTB-2-71

TT

Set NURCAP=NEWCAP-ISTO(J); subtractcurrent contentsfrom new capacity

IsSNURCA GE 0;does capacityexceed or equal . 592

current -contents

Set ISTO(J+l)20;set remainingcapacity to 0

99999

592

Set ISTO(J+I)=NURCAP;remaining capacityset to NURCAP

* Set SCLXH to 1;iflag for storageIlowering complete

99999

B-2-72

CONCESSION

0CCOMIC E0 0,

&are there no N,cession&,-"

Set NPTFM toIVALUE(2) lcurrent

':Set IFLT toSIVALUE(3); flightItable row no.

Set IGAT to MHl(:EFLT,9) ; gate

|no. of flight

Set I to 0"flag for lobby&.onsa~on__

!4y; number of | ALUEM6EQa soc iat d ,,cur- a si tch st r!,ity for gate conc_"_ourse../

:Set L to INDEXF(15) +1subscript of first

Iconcession in MH9

StMto XNDXF(15),|NOCONC; Subscript ofrlast concession in 6W

Set IC to 0; countof condessiong inright location

B -

B-2-73 .!

:Set J to L;,MH9 subscript of

Increment IC by I I .count of conce- ,A/H9(J,4) EN ;isions in right does concession "location -Yes --ave the right sec-N-.

urity or is it "once sn

"_ No

Increment J by 1;,.)H9 subs xjt

Is

c oconcessions

Set halfword para- lmeter ,to 0; C T 0;time spent at 0 No /concessionsconcession <found at rightlocation

Sethalwor sae- 753 'Set MR to MODSet half ord save IIALUE t 4), (I1) +ivalue TRVXH to zero; Pick random numbertravel time

Ibetween -1 andi -I

.Se IC to 0;

E9 ! count ofconcessions

Set Jfo Li.119 subscript offirst concession,

B-2-74

VV1_ '4,

MH9(J,4)EQ I;Increment IC by 1; does concessioncount of concessions Yes have the riahtat right location e security or is

-"it,.lobby conces-I- sion

No

Is'

IC EQ IRN _

is number of-, Yesconcession the,same as theom.q ramdomly

tviked

Increment J by 1;MH9 subscript

IsJ GT M;al >concessions

tried

Yes

755 Set NTTO to MH9(J,3); get pt. no.of concessions

Assign 756 to NEXT;return after walkingtime defermination

950

B-2-75

756

Set ICi to IVALUE(S)simulation clock time

Set ITIM to MHI(fFLT,6)*60-ICI; no. of secondsbefore flight

2ZVALUE(6) . Set ITIM to ITIM-want lobby - e , '>LEAVEL+60-LEAVEV*-oncession IVALUE(4)/1000*60:oeo time spent at

No lobby concessionin seconds

•Is,. ALUE(6) EQ 2:S Tiant concou Set ITlM to ITlM-

n cessi LEAVEC*60-LEAVEV*IVALUE(4)/i000*60;

No/ time spent atconcourse con-cession in seconds

,!TlM LT 0 Set ITIM to 0;Ninvalid time - %no time spent at'valculated-. concession

Set halfword para-meter 2 to NPTTO;point number

'Set half-lord para-meter 5 to ITIM; timespent at concession

Set halfword para-meter 7 to J; MH9subscript for chosen,concession

Set byte parameter99999 1 1. to 15; process

code for concession

B-2-76

CONCOURSE

Set NPTFM toIVALUE(2); pointnumber

(31; gate number

et JSEC to -

(3) +ISEC; £419ow number forecurity numbe

Set IPTTO to I(J,3); point no.for security(conourse no. J

ssi 20 o NEXT

Assign NPTTO toPr2; point numberof security

iconcourse) no

iofAssign ISTT. toPH2; po numberofsecurity(concour.se)

99999

B-2-77

-C

I-

Ix 0 M1

0 Ai- ~beE 9

0Z U Ij i d4 4 4Q ~ 6 * 0 E9- 9 ,

CD 143 ( jto 4'910

.c >14 C

Aj W . u 4 gi 4 j . 4 -

'~~: ~'2C"

w Nc

A. l/c -

C

K>c

B-2-78

ERROR ABEND

.1rite MessageiIERROR END

,Place logicalswitch JOBLSin set Position;switch will haltsimulation whenprogram returnsto-

B-2-79/B-2-80

LM

APPENDIX B-3

LISTING OF FORTM SUBPROGRAM

B-3-1/B-3-2

C H E L P C L I N K C -- i E L P A F 0 R T M 00001000C 00002000

c SUBROUTINE LINKC(IVALUEISAVEFISAVEH.IFACISTO,FSTO.IQUE. 00004000

*FOUE.ILOG.ITAB.rTAB.IUSE,I!JSEF.FUSE,IMAXfAXB,MAXHtAXua.4FSAVELO00SOO*IMAXL.*FMAXBL) 00006C00REAL*8 FQUE.FuSE.FTAB 00007000INTEGER.2 ISAVEHILOG,IuSE,IMABI4 00008000DIMENSION IVALUE(6J,ISAVEF(2),ISAVEH(2).IFAC(2),ISTO(2),FSTO(2). 00009000

*IQUE(2).FQIJEI2).1LOG(2), ITAO(2).FTAB(2),IUSE(2) .IUSEF(2).FUSE(2), 00010000*IMAX(2).IMAX8(2),!MAXN(2).IMAX8N(2),FSAVEL(2,,IMAXL(2).FMAXBL(2) 00011000

c 0001 2C00INTE.GER PVAL 00013CO0

c 00014000REAl *G OUM8. ZAP,.NAMERS 00015000INTEGEq.4 TIME.BUFFFR.8l.ANK,8LANKIFACTYP.TYPTST,START.FINISH 00016000INIEGEH.'. BLAK,SLRVRS 00017C00INTEGERI.4 ERRORS,A$,TRSKFACQSX,FR0MT0.FR0MT0 00018000INTEGER*4 EN0XFTRVXH.8D1XHA8UXN.DBUXH.XFRXHXFAXH,XFX4.SCLXH 00019000INTEGERS4 CLKXHCHjXF .NSCAH.SLCXH.GRTXL,WWGXH,GAGXL.GRTOO,CPKAH 00020C0(1INIEGER--4 CGTXL. PCBXL. CROXH, CONXH 00021c00

INT-G'ER.4 CUSO5.RCi~rS,CHKSDPCBSEPC8S,SECQS.GAOSL,PARQS.TICQS 00022C00INTEGER*4 RCARO.BAGCO.OPLCO,CHEK2,CHEK3,CGTRO.ERROR.SECUO.TRX99 00C23C00IN7EGFR'4 CTQL0.CTRLI 00024000INTEC.EA.4 DPDPS.DPQCS.EPDPS,EPOCS C00250OOINTEGER-2 IDI'AI .FACN40,P0II.T,POINTX.POINTY, ZPARA&4.NSORTD,EXTPT 0026C00INTEGERt2 tJ0EPLz.NSECUR,NCUST.AGENCYNIMMI,NPARKL.AIRLIN.XY 0C027C00I.NTEr;ER*2 ENTRPT.EXPCHK.SCARDrWALKT,SUSTOP.TRFLT?,TRFLTO 0002r~co0NIk[R*2 FL.TNO.AC.-DM.COM,.INT .GATE.PAA.BAG.DEFLIN O0029C00

IN EGERP2 IEPSCH.L1NES.EPCUR8.DEFSAG,ST0,CAPAD0.0ELETESCALE 00030000INTEGER.2 AGEN4TS.SI if,tflSTNO. TW0IvAY.DO0MDIR,C0M0)IR,1INTDIR 00031000W~EGER-2 DPA-"K(4I.WCRQ(4),TPAX(3) 00032C000

INTEGIi-~2 NPTCSW C0032C'00

INTEGF.R-2 PH.i14,PB.PLLR, LS 00~034CO0!NTEGER-2 NS.%AD(20.?l/40-0/ 0003o0I1 Wt :42; tTITLC(64.5) C13OINTE'IC4 2 GPSIO(2.1?/24.0/.GPQUE(24)/24.O/.GPHALF(24)/ 2400/ 00C3600INTtri R-2 ENT;ZCT(24)/24. 0/,CRCON(24)/24*0/ 00036200lUTEGElR.2 T0SU(2)250/TSUE(2S)/2S0/.TS4ALF(25)/25*0/ 00036 00

IrJ1EGER.2 rLOW.ITZ.I.r-, JENICT,JC.RC30.4,ISTRN0 00026.,00INTECGZR.2 JTHLF(24l'40/ISECFL(7)/7.0/,ITCK(FL(15)/I5.O/ 00i3isc0INTtt;EO*2 XEtTC7.XCRC0N.ISNLF.JSECFL.JTCKFL 00036rC0JNT'iGER*2 TI PLJ)W( U)./1G.0f.TSFLOW(8)/9e0/ 0003'!'00

c 0C037CODDIMEN3ZON BUFEl(21).ICAR(20),FACNO(4),ACTYP(20,IPARA(3).Y(2)003!c00DIMAENSION NFACSM(20.21,JDUU1(24).INDEXF(20),NSGRTD(2),LINES(8) 00039000DIM.ENSION :E-SCH4(10.10).NAMER8(20).CAP(t15).XPwrLT(101).FACQSX(20) 00041CO0DIMENSIU4 AGENTS(4I,si.E4),u~at).F"T~U(2),ITEMPA(24) 00041000

DIMENSION ITEMPO(20) 00041100DI(.ENSIU.N SERVRS(30) 00042C00

c 00043COODATA NFACSM.OEFLIN,DEFBAG.SOAROT,ZAP/43.0O000000000000000/ 0004.3000DATA TRf'L,TRFLTO.N/2.0,NO/ 00045000DATA ICHNGI /0/, ITEMPA/2440/ 00046o000

DATA PHlPP.~,RL/$P,~,P.R'S,00047000DATA JARrkVIDEPTOE,JIGRTJRTARRVDEPT,0vfR,IGRTRI/ 00046000DAtA IPARM.IBUS.ISTR,ZRAS/PAR',BUS/,ST0'.'TRANI/ 00049000DATA BLAN%,J08TST,IARLZN,ZPRETI/I '.JO3T.AIRL'.'%PRE'/ ooos0ooDATA IRUNT.tCAN.ITISER/RUNT,CMAN'.'TIMV/ 00051c00DATA FACTYP/GATE,.CIEC,SECU.IAGC'.ICuST.,ENTR'.-EXIT-. 00052000

* ENPL',AXFER'.PARK.RENT.DEPL.ZIIMI, 1ICK'. 00053000

B-3-3

* 'CDNC,.5*4 ' 00054000DATA NAMEFL,NAMEGE,NAMEGI .NAMEND/l &FLI,' &6GE' ,l &GTI, '8END'/ 00055000DATA NAMEST.NAMEAL,NAMETI,NAMEOV/1 £ST'.1 &AL', AT!',# AOV'/ 00056000DATA NAMEPA,NAMAEBU,NAMES,NAMETR/' SPA',' &BU.,' &S '.- STRI/ 00057000DATA NAMECH.NAMETS/' &CH.' aTS'/ 00058000DATA BLANKI ,MASKI.,ASTRSK/Z40000000.ZFFOOOOOO,Z5COOOOOO/ 00059000DATA BLANK2,MASK2/Z40400000.ZOOOOFFFF/ 00U60000DATA IEPSCH/ 1.2.3.4.S.6.7,8,.10. 2.1.3.,.,6.7.8.,.10t 00061000

*3,2.4.1.5.6,7.8.9,10, 4,3,5.2.6.1.7,8.9.10. 00062000*5.4,6,3,7,2.8,1.9,10, 6.5.7.4.8,3.9.2,10O. 00063000*7,6,8,5,9,4,10,3,2.1, 8.7,9,6.10,5.4.3.2,1. 00064000*9.8.10.7.6.5,4,3.2.1, 10,9,8,7.6,5.4,3,2,1/ 00065c00

DATA LINSNP, LINSNX,NTLINS/2.50,O/ I00066C00DATA NAMERS/'GATE 0,'CHECKIN ','SECUFIITY , BAGCLAIM' 00067C00

*'CUSTOMS ','ENTRANCE','EXIT ','ENPLCURB'. 00068C0O'TRANSFER','PARKING 1,19NACA',OEPLCB * 00069c00

*'lIIGRAT'I'ICKETSA','C0NCESSI',5*' 00070C00c 00071000C 00071!'00C 00072000C THIS EQUIVALENCE PROVIDES A CONVENIENT WAY TO ZERO OUT THE AREA OF 00073000C MAIN MEMORY CONIAINING INPUT VALUES BEFORE READING EACH CARD. 00074000

EQUIVALENCE (OUM8(I).IDUMI(1).FACNO(13,BAG.LINES(l),STO,AO), 00075000*(IDUMI(2),CAP(1)).(IDUMI(3),FLTNO). 00076000*(IOUMi(4),GAIE), 00077000*(IDUMI(5).TIMEAGENTS(1),SIZE(1)), 00078000*(IDUMI(7),AC.0IST), (IDUM1(S).DOM). 00079000*(IDUMI(9),INI,EXITPT), (IDUMI(10).COM.ENTRPT). 00080000*(IDUMI(l1).IPARAM(1),EPCURBNDEPLC,NSECUR,NCUST, 00081000

*AGENCY.DELETE,AIRLIN,DOMOtR), 00082C00*(IDUMI(12),PAX.EXPCMK,NIMMINPARKL,C0MDIR). 00083C00*(IDUMiI(3),BUSTOP.INTOIR,TPAX(l)), 00084000*(IDUMI(14).POINT). 00085000* (IDUMi( 15),POINTXXY(1)), (IDUMI(16),POINTY), 00086000

( IDUMi(17),DPAR)K())dIDUMI(21),CURaQ(1)) 00087000C 00088000C THIS EQUIVALENCE OVEPLAYS COL. I OF INFACSM" (THE NUMBERS OF EACH 00089000C FACILITY TYPE) WITH SCALARS WITH MORE INTELLIGABLE NAMES. 00090C00C EXAMPLE: NFACSML3.11 AND "NOSECU- BOTH REFER TO THE NUMBER OF 00091000C AIRPORT SECURITY FACILITIES. 00092000

EQUIVALENCE (NFACSM( 1,1) ,NOGATE). (NFACSM(2, I),NOCHEC), 00093000*(NFACSM(3,1),NOSECU), (NFACSM(4.1)tNOBAGC)t 00094000*(NFACSM(5.1).NOCUST), (NFACSM(6,1),NOENTR), 00095C00*(NFACSM(7,l),NOEXIT). (NFACSM(8.1).NOENPL), 00096000*(NFACSM~g,l),'N0TRAN), (NFACStA(10.1),NOPARK). 00097C00*(NFACSM(li,1),NORENT), (NFACSM(12.1),NODELP), 00098000*(NFACSM(13,1).NOIMMI), (NFACSM(14.1),NOTICK), 00099000*(NFACSM(15,l),NOCONC), (NFACSM(l.22kINDEXF(l)) 00100000

C 00101000C THIS EQUIVALENCE OVERLAYS FACQSX WITH THE BASE VALUES Of THE 00102000C QUEUES, STORAGES, ETC., ASSIGNED EACH FACILITY TYPE BY THE GPSS 00103000C COMPILER. 00104000

EQUIVALENCE (FACQSX~i),GAQSL)s (PACQSX(2) ,CMKQS). 00105000*(FACQSX(3),SECOS). (FACQSX(5).CUSQS)o 00106000*(FACOSXtS),EPCBS). (FACQSX(10).PARQS). 00107000*(FACQSX(it),RCROS), (FACQSX(12),DPCBS), 00108000*(FACQSX(13),IMMQS)o (FACQSX(14),TICQS) 0190

C 0011 0000C THIS EQUIVALENCE ENABLES THE BUILT-IN SORT ROUTINE TO SORT MS BY 00111000C FACILITY NUMBER BY FACILITY TYPE IN A SINGLE PASS. 00112000

EQUIVALENCE (PSORT.NSORTD(1)) 00113000

B-3-4

C 00114000C THIS EQUIVALENCE OVERLAYS 1IE ARRAY NFROMTO" WITH 0O015c00C 6FROM" AND 'TO'. SEE OVERRIDE CARD. 00116000

EQUIVALENCE (FROMTO(1).FROM), (FROMTO(2),TD) 00117000C 00119000C 00119000C 00120c00C 00121000C THIS NAMELIST FOR "AIRLINE" CARDS. 00122000

NAMELIST/AL/LINES, 00123000* EPCURB, 00124000* EXPCHK, 00125000• BUSTOP 00126000

C 00127000C THIS NAMELIST FOR "8US/LIMOD CARD. 00126000

NAMELIST/OU/ARVBUS. 00129000• DEP8US 00130000

C 00131000C THIS NAMELIST FOR "ARRV" AND *DEPT' (FLIGHT) CARDS. 00132000C REQUIRED: TIME, GATE. PAX. 00133000C FOR DEPARTING FLIGHTS; ARLIN OR DEFLIN. 00134000C FOR ARRIVING FLIGHTS; BAG OR DEFBAG. 00135000C SPECIFY MIDNIGHT AS 2400. 00136000C DEFAULTS: DOMal.AIRLIN-DEFLIN.TPAX=O 00137000C BAG (CLAIM AREA) FOR ARRIVING FLIGHTS ONLY. 00i3ooO

NAMELIST/FL/FLTNO, 00139C00* AIRLIN, 00140000* TIME. 00141000• AC. 00142000* DOM.INT.COM, 00143000* GATE, 00144000• PAX, 00145000* TPAX, 00146000* BAG 0014700

C 00148000C THIS NAMELIST FOR THE FOLLOWING FACILITY LOCATION CARDS: 00149000C 'GATE" *CHECKIN* "SECURITY" 00150c00C "BAGCLAIM" "CUSTOMS. "ENTRANCEO 00151000C 'EXIT" "ENPLCURB* "XFER- 00152000C *PARKING" -RENTACAR- *DEPLCURS" 00153C00C "IMMIGRATION" "ICKETS8CHECKIN% 00154000

NAMELIST/GE/FACNO, 00155000• AGENTS.SIZE,IWOWAYDPARKCURBQ, 00156C00* IPARAM, 00157000* NDEPLC.NSECUR.NCUSTAGNCY,AIRLIN, 00158000• NIMMI.NPARKL, 00159000* POINT, 00160000* XYPOINTXPOINTY, 00161000

EXITPT, 00162C00• ENTRPT 00163000

C 00164000C THIS NAMELIST FOR -GRTRANSP" (GROUND TRANSPORTATION) CARD. 00165000C REAL VARIAbLES: PVTCAR, SELF, CRENT, BUS, TAXI, CURB, PARK 00166C00

NAMELIST/GT/DOMCOMI. NT* 00161c00• PVTCAR, 00168000• CRENT, 00170000• BUs, 00171000• TAXI 00172C00

C 00173000C THIS NAMELIST FOR WALKING lIME "OVERRIDE* CARDS. 00174000

NAMELIST/OV/FROMTOFROM,10, 00175000

B-3-5

L1

TIME.DIST 00176C00C 00177000C THIS NAMELIST FOR 'PARM' (PARAMETER) CARDS. 00176000C REAL VARIABLES: GREET, WWGATE, GRGATE, CIRCP( 00179000C DEFAULTS: BOARDTs 15 MIN., ERRORS SO50 00180000

NAMELIST/PA/ERRORS. 00181000*BOAROT, 00182000*LEAVEL. 00183000*LEAVEC, 00184000*LEAVEV, 00185000*GREET, 00186000*WWGATE, 00187C000

G RGATE, OGISSCQO

CARDS.. :iIIIIIIREL AIALE;DSC ADW SPAERA VRALS 001900

DEALS CLCDTA..1 AKP1OMTR/E) 00197000

C THIS NAMELIST FOR 'STORAE' CADSA. 00196C00NAAELI ST/S/TI/OM,092

C C014MO

NAMLIS/STS R,. 001000oF INISHR019o

CEBG 0021 0C00C HI AMLIT FRIN FR (FIH)CR.C201COO

NAMLISTTR ADD, C00C16SCAELEE 00207c00

CAKS 002018000

C THIS NAMELIST FOR %PAREIKT CARD. 0021000ONAMAELIST/CHTIDME. 00207C0

* SERYR 00221000COOR 0022200CODR 002t2200C HS AE ITIR ARYSECFIG00212CD

C SOAEUUEADAL-ODNMESOR00213C00C TISMOSEIS FREAD-INANS'TIMESERIEST) CRD. 00214000C DEALS Dm200222IDLTE10(0MI) O1000

NAMELI ST/TS/APST, 00222COOUELPEUE 00217C00

NAMEGSTCH ALME 0022200O

C 00222!00

Mil(R c.HOBINO.RI 00223!00

MH(IR, IC).uHOB+CNHOIsIR.IC 00223000

B-3-6

MH3(IR .IC)%MH03B4ICNHO3*ZR4IC 00225000MH4( IR, IC).MH040+rCNH04s1R+IC 00226C00MHS( ZR )-MNO5+IR+i 00227000IiH6( R,*IC)-MHO6B+ICNHOB. IRe.IC 0022000MH7( ZR,*IC)*MHO75+ICNNO7. ZR+IC 00229C00MH8(IR , C).MH088.ICNHOS.ZR+IC 00230COOMHQ( ZR *IC)-MHOSB.ICNHOS. ZR*IC 00231C00MNlI( I R)*MH1 18+I1R.i 00231 '00MH12( IR).M41 2B+IR+l 002312ZOOMHI3( IR)-MHI35+liR.1 00231 ZOOML2(ZR, IC)aMLO28+ICNLC2*IR.IC 00232C00

C 00233COOc 00134C00

RETURN 00235000C 00236000C 00237C00

c 00238C00C 00239000

ENTRY FORTUC IVALUE) 00240000c 00241000c 00242000

IORNCH=IVALUEI 1) 00243000GOTO(I ,2.3.4,5.6,7.S.9.l0,11.12.13,14.15.i6,'7.iS,19.20. 00244000& 21.22.23,24,25).IBRNCM 00145c00

c 00246000C 00247C00c 00248000C 00249C00

iC 0 N T I N U E 00250C00C 00251000C PERFORM LZNgAGES. 00252c0C C0MOUTE MATRIX BASE ADDRESSES. 00253000

C EDSIMULATION START AND END TIMES. 00254C00C RETURN4 LENGTH OF RUN IN XHSEKOXH. 002155000C 00256C00C 00257C00C. ...I N P U T S E C T 1 0 N 00258000C 00259C00

WRITE( 6,1005) 00260000J08780 00261000LINECTal 00262C00MAXPTsO 00263100NCARO 00264CO0NERCNTsO 00265C00tJPTOSW *O 00206000NGEO*O 00267C00NOFXFRwO 00268000NRCRSW-0 00269C00NROWx0 00270000TRFLTI =0 00271000TRFI.TOsO 00272000ITIME: 1 00272100SUFFER (21 )*NAMEND 00273000

C 00271000OC 00275000C DE F A ULT V AL U ES HIE 9 00276000C 00277000

SOAROTaIS 00279000DSTFAC.1 .1 00279000ERRORS sa0 00280000SCALE. 1 00281000

B-3-7

WALKSP-1 .0 00282000AOO=12O 00283C00DELETE-30 00284000ARVBUS - 0 00285000DEPSUS w 0 00286000START *0 00287000FINISH *0 00288C00FROM = 00289000TO - 0 00290C00WWGATE *0.0 00291C00GROATE *0.0 00292C00GREET-0.0 00292100CURBCK:=0.0 002922:00CIRCOK00 00292200

CR8'3T-0.0 00292e00PRKCRO-0. 0 00292EOO

C LATEST TIME LEAVE LOBBY CONCESSION 00293000LEAVEL - 15 00294C00

C LATEST TIME LEAVE CONCOURSE CONCESSION 00295C00LEAVEC - 10 00296000

C SPREAD OF UNIFORM DISTRIBUTION BEFORE ABOVE TIMES 00297000LEAVEV - 10 00298000

C 00299000117 READ(5.1002)ICARD 00300000

NCARDS NCARO+ 1 00301000IF(ICARD(1).NE.JOBTST)GOIO Ill 00302000

1J0B1 * 00303C00WRITE(6,1004)NCARD, ICARD 00304000READ(S.1002) ICARD 035ONCARO. NCARD+ 1 0030600WRITEt 9,1002 )ICARD 00307000

Ill WRITE(6.1004)NCARD.ICARD 0380TYPTST-IAND( ICARD(l ),MASKI) 00309000IF(TYPTST.EQ.ASTRSK)GOTO Ill 00310C00ICARO( M)NAMEST 00311000ICARD( 2)-BLANK 00312000CALL XCOUE(BUFFCR.80) 00313C00WRITE( 10.1002)ICARD 00314C00

CAL~L XCOUE(SUFFER,84) 00315000REAO( 10, ST) 00316000IF(JOST.EQ.i)GOTO 108 0031700CALL MNLINK(1,ICNHOI.ICNHO2,ICNHO3.ICNNO4,ICNHO6,ICNHO7.ICNHOS. 00318000I ICNHo9. 003190002 ICNLO2. 003200003 ENDXF.TRVXHBDTXH,A8UXH,0BUXH.XFXH,XFAXH,XFDXH.SCLXH.CLKXH. 003210004 CUSQS,RCROS.DPCOS,EPCOS,CNKQ5,SECOSGAQSL.PARQS.IMMQSTICQS. 003220005 RCARO,BAGCO.OPLCO.CHEK2.CMEK3.CGTRO,ERROR.SECUOCTRLO,CTRLI. 00323000

* TRX99.CONXH.CHGXF,NSCXHSLCXH,0PDPSDPQCSWWGXN,GRGXLEPPS, 003240007 EPOCS. GRTOO.GRTXL.CPKXN.CRIXN.CGTXL.PCBXL, 00325000* JOBLS) 00326C00CALL CLINK2 00327000I SAVE ( XFAXN ) ADO.60 00328000ISAVEH(XFODN )-OELETE'60 003290*0I5AVEH(SCLXH )-SCALL 00330000

C 00331000C DEFAULTS FOR ADDING, DELETING TRANSFER FLT FROM XFRFLT: 214RS., 30 M100332C00C 00333C00

MNOIB.MHBASE(CIMAXtH. I.ICNHO1) 00334000MHO2B-MNbASE CIMAXH.2, ICNHC2) 00335000MHO3BsMMOASE( IMAXH,3.ICNM03) 00336000MH049uMNBASE(CIMAXM,4. ICNH04) 00337000

B-3-8

MHOSB..MH8ASE ( MAXi.5. 1) 003381C00MH06B-%Mi ;ASE(I MAXH.6, ICNH06) 0033900MH07B6,%lH8ASE ( MAXH.*7.*ICNH07) 0034000M08B-MH9ASE( IMAXHA.. CNH0B) 0034100MHO9B.MHbASE( IMAXH,9, ICNi109) 003142000Mi4 BwMHbASE C MAXH. 11,1) 00342,00MN12B-MHbASE(IMAXM.12.11 00142200MH13B-MH8ASE(lMACH,13,1) 00342:00ML02B.MLbASE ( IbIAXL,2. I CNL02) 00343000GOTO 109 00344c00

C 00345C00108 CALL MNLINK(I.ICNHO1.ICNHO44ICNLO2,CLKXH) 00346000

CALL CLZNK2 00347000MHOIBMHbASEC XMAXH,1, ICNH0I) 00348000MH04B=MH5ASE( tMAXHi,4, ICNHO4) 00349C00ML02B=MLbASE( IMAXL.2,ICNL02) 00350000

C 00351C00109 lSAVEHjCLKXH)-START 00352C00

NW~HR-TART/100 00353000NSTMINz&IUD(START, 100) 00354000NENDHR-F1NJSH/'10O 00355C00NEI.)OAN MOD (F INI SM. 100) 00356000IFNENOMN.GE.NSTM1N)GOT0 100 00357000NENDHR-NENI4R-1 00358000WNDMN-NkNofAN+60 00359C00

I00 IF(dOBl.NE.1 )1SAVEFI!NDXf)UBSt80.(NEN0HR-NSTHR)+NEN0MN-NSTMIN)-I 00360000GOJO i01 00361 COO

C 00362C00101 00 112 1vi.6 00363p00112 0UMR (1) s A 00364C00

TWOWAYBLANK00365000READ(5,*1002, Et4O99) ICARD 036oNCAR0.i4CAR0+ 0OZ67COOL I NC1 -L!NEC T+1 00-66o000IF(LINECT.LT.51)GOTO 107 00359000LINECTzi 00370C00WRITEC 5.1005) 00371000

107 WRITE(6.%004)tCP.lCAQD 00372000IF(JUBT.Eg.i)WRITE(9,1002ITCARD 00373000TYOJSI sIAJD( ICAP'D( I C.P.IA1 KF 00374C00

IF(ICARLCi).EQ.IARUN)6010 OI.E.IEP)GT 160037C

IF(ICAR0(1).EQ.IGRUS)GT 18 00337000IF(ICARO(1,.EQ.ISTIEGO TO 190 0370IF(ICARUC1).EQ.ITRLsIS)G013 190 0037800

IF(ICARDC1).Eg.IOuNT)GOTO 200 00385000IF(ICARO~1).EQ.1HARN)GOT0 199 003eo

C FIA~l.Q.BSCT 8 00382C00

IF0I102 1l.10.TA4)l'19 00364C00IF(ACT( 1)E.EQ.NT)GOTO 04 OC36000tF((CACT().EQ.ICAROT))O 215 0039-00

C 00392000

10 CRO 0 N T IO4 N NU UATA 00393000C 00392000

B- 3-9

199 WRITE(6,1000) 00395000CALL ASSIGN(1.1000.PH) 00396000NERRSWuI 003970000070 101 00398000

C 0o399000C ERROR IN GEOMETRY INPUT DATA. 00400Co0c 00401000

104 WRITE(6.1003)NCARD 00402000NERRSw- 1 00403000CALL ASIGN(1,1000.PH) 00404000GOTO 101 00405000

C 00406000C.....F L I G H T 5 C H E 0 U L E I N P U T 00407000C 00408000

106 CALL XCODE(BUFFER,80) 00409000WRITE(10,1002)ICARD -00410000BUFFER(1 )-NAMEFL 00411000CALL XCOUEtSUFFER,84) 00412000READ( tO. L) 00413000NROWsNROWeI 00414000IF(GATE.EQ.0.0R.PAX.EQ.0.OR.TIME.EQ.0)G0TO 199 0041S000IF(ICAROt1).EQ.IARRV)GOTO 113 00416000XF(OEFLIN. EQ.0.ANO. AIRLIN.EQ.0 )GOTO 199 0041 7COOlMAX8H(MHI (NROW,1 ) ). 0041S800

113 IMAXBH(MHl(NROW,2))-FLTN0 00419000IF(AIRLIN.E0.0IAIRL!NaDEPLIN 00420C00IhMAX8H(M1I(NROW.3) ):AIRLIN 00421000IMAXBHIMlHI(NROW.4) )-TIME 00422(000NFLTMRuT1ME/ tOO 00423000NFL TAN -MOD( T IME, 100) 00424000IF fNFL TMN.GE.TNSTM IN) G0TO 103 00425C00NFLrHR=NFLTHR-1 00426CO0NrLTh1N -NI-LTM4+60 00427C00

103 lIAX61(HI(NROW.6)).60.(NFLTHR-NSTHR)+NFLTMN-NSTMN 00428000IF(INT.NE.1)GOTO 105 00429CO0IMAX8H(MN1 (NROW.7) )z3 004300000070 115 00431000

105 IF(COV.NE.ljGOTfO Jig 00432C00IMAXBH(MH1 CHROW,7) J=2 00433C00

0GOTO 115 0043400010IMAX8HjMt41)NROW,7))-l 00435000

115 IMAXBN(MH (NROW.S))-AC 00436000IMAX9H(MN1 (NROW.9) )-GA1'E 00437000IF)BAG.EQ.0.AND.ICARD(1).EQ.IARRV)SAGUDEFBAG 00438000IF(ICARDtt).EQ.!ARRV.AND.OAG.EQ.0)GOT0 199 00439000XMAXSH(MN1(NROW,12) I=BAG 00440C00PAX - PAX-TPAX(1)-TPAX(2)-TPAX(3) 00441000IF(SCALE.EQ.1IGOTO 114 00442C00IMAXBH(MH1 (NROW.10) )=PAX/SCALE.0.51 00443000IMAXBH(MHI(NROW, 1))uTPAX(1)/SCALE+.S1 00444000IMAXBHCMNi(NRUW.13))aTPAX(2)/SCALE.0.51 00445000IMAXBH(MHI(NROW.16))-TPAX(3)/SCALE*0.51 004460000070 101 00447C00

114 IMAXSH(MH1(NROW,10fluPAX 00448000IMAXIH(M41 (NROW. 11 )uTPAX( 1) 00449000IMAXBH(MN1 (NROW.13) )aTPAX(2) 00450000IMAXSH(MH1 (NROW.16) )*TPAX(3) 004510000070 101 00452000

c 00452020C ...?7 1M E SIER I E S S PE C I F IC AT 1 ONS 00452040C 00452060

B-3-10

C TIME SERIES ENTITY SPECIFICATION PLACES NEMBERS 0045.'C'80C OF SIORA'3ES, QULUES AND HALF-WORDS IN GPSTO, GPQUE 00452100C AND GPHALF ARRAYS FOR TIME-SERIES READOUTS. 00452!20C 00452!40

120 ICARD( I)-NAMETS 004b2160

ICARO( 2)-SLANK 00452,80ICARDC3).IAND(ICARD(3),MASK2)+8LANK2 00.152200CALL XCODE(BUFFER.80) 00452240

WRITE(10,1002) ICARD 00452260CALL XCODE(UUFFER,84) 00452280REAO( 10.TS) 00452:!00GO TO 101 0 04 52:2 0

C 0 r'.1 r2- 40c 00453CCO

C ... A IRL I NE D A TA I N PUT 00454C00C 00455 000

160 IF(JUDT.EO. )GOTD 101 0045000ICARDC I)-NAMEAL 00457C00ICAROD 2)-SLANK 00458000CALL XCOU)E(BUFFER,80) 0C459000WRITE~iO1.1002)ICARD 00460000CALL XCOUE(SUFFER,84) 00461000READ( 10 ,AL) OC462COO00 163 1-1.8 00463000

J-LINES(I ) 00464C00IF(J.EQ.0)GOTO 101 0036r5000IMAXBH(MH2bJ,1 ).EPCURB 0046~6CODIMAXBH(MH2(J,2) )*EXPCHA*10l 00467C00IMAX8H(MH2(.J.3) )*BUSTOP 00468000

163 C 0 N T I N U E 00469000GOID 101 00370C00

C 00871000C. .G R 0 U N D I R A N S P 0 R T I N P U T 00472000C 00473C00

180 PvTCAR-0.0 00474000

CNENI0.0 00477000

TAYJ%10.0 OC418COO

ICARD( I INAMEGT 049oICARD(2)-SLAN{ 0046000CALL XCOLUE(8UFFER,80) 00481 COO

C PITF(IO.1002)ICARD 00482C00

CALL XCODE(DUFFER.84) 00483CO0READ( l0.GT) 00484000

PVIC-AR-PVTCAR/100. 00485000CRENT-CRENT/ 1(0. 00487C00BUS=8US/100. 00488COOTAXI-TAX1/100. 0048?coIF(DOM.NE.1)GOTO 181 00490COO1.1 00491CO00GOTO 183 0049200

I81 IFICOM.NE.1)GOTO 182 00493C00I:!2 OC494CO0G070 103 00.395000

102 1.3 0049bC00153 IF(JOBT.EO.I)GOTO 184 00497000

C N4ORMAL MODE - DEPL PAX LOGIC C0498000C UL2(1-3,2-9) A CUM PROS DIST WITM PVT CAR ELIMINATED 00499000

TEMPCT a 1.0 - PVTCAR 00500000FMAXSLCML2(I,l)) *PVTCAR 00501000

C 00502000

B-3-11

TEMP2 CRENT/TEMPCT 00503C00FMAXBL (ML2(I,2))=TEMP2 00504C00TEMP2= TEMP24BUS/TEMPCT 00505000FMAXBL (ML2(1,3))-TEMP2 00506000FMAXBL (M12(1,4))=1.0 0C507C00GOTO 101 00508C00

C USED BY SATELITE PROGRAM WHEN CREATING ENPL PAX JOBTAPE 005090001S4 FMAXBL(ML2(l,1))-PVTCAR 00510000

TEMP2= PVTCAR+CRENT 0051 1000FMAXBL (ML?(1, 2) )-TEMP2 00512000TEMP2. TEMP2+BUS 00513C00FIA1XBL (ML2(I ,3) )-TEMP2 00514(00FMAXBL(ML2(1,4))=1.0 00517000C0T0 101 00518000

C 00519000C..*.% P R E T I C K E T E D P A X I N P U T 00520000C 00521000

198 ICARD(lI)-NAMETI 00522C00ICARD( 2)-SLANK 00523000ICARD( 3)-BLANK 054OCALL XCOUE(BUFFER,80) 00525000WRlTE( 10. 1002)ICARD 00526000CALL XC0DE(BUFFER,84) 00527000REA0 1 0.Tl) 00528000IMAXBH(NIH4(1 ,1)).DOM*10 00529C00IMAXBH(MH4(2, 1) ).COM.,10 00530000IMAXBH(MH4(3,Ifl=INT*10 00531000IF(DOMDIW.GT.0.AND.DOM.Gl.0) IMAXBH(M$4(1,2))-DOMDIRs10 00532C00IF(COMDIlR.GT.0.AND.COM.G1 .0) IMAXBI4(MH4(2,2) )-COMDIR*10 00533000IFUlNTOIR.GT.0.ANO.INT.Gl.0) IMAXBHl(MH4(3,2)).INTDIR*10 00534000C0T0 101 00535000

C 00'536C00C.....W A L K I N G T I r. E D I S T 0 V E R R I 0 E I N P U T 00537000C 00538000

170 IF(JOBT.EO.l)GOTO 101 00539000ICARO~l )-NAMEOV 00540000ICARD( 2 l.kLANK 00541C00CALL XCOUE(SUFFER.80) 005'42COOWRITE( IC,1002)ICARD 00543000CALL XCOUE(BUFFER.84) 00544C00REAO(1I0.OV) 00545P00IF(IME.GT.0 )GOTO 171 00546c00TIME-DIST/WAL;(SP 00547C00

171 IMAXBH(MH6(FROM,TO)).TIME 00548C00IMAXBH(MH6(TO.FROM) ).TIME 00549000

0,OTO 101 oossioo

C... PA RM CA R DS I N P UT 00552c00C 00553000

173 lF(JQ8T.E0.l)GOTO 101 00554C00

ICARD( ).NAMEPA ocl5sscooCALL XCOUE(8UFFER.80) 00556o00WRITE( 10.1002)ICAAD 00557000CALL XCOUE(IUFFER.84) ocsseooREAD(O( .PA) 00559000070 101 00560000

C 00561000C ...aU S S C HE DU LE I N PUT 00562000C 00563000

166 lF(U09T.EO.1)GOT0 101 00564000ICARD(I )uNAMEBU 00565000

B-3-12

AD-Al l7 603 TRANSPORTATION SYSTE qS CENTER CAMBRID E MA

F/ 1/5

JUN 82 L MCCABE, M BORSTEIN

U C A SIFIED DOT TSC FAA -2 -45 FAA EM -80B A 5N

I __________ ~ 1112.21- 11112.

~H

H1._25 11lp41111.6

MICROCOPY RF.SO[UTION TFSI CHARI

NATIONAl 'HI. ' A N A A

ICAROC 2)OOLANK 00566000CALL XCODE(SOFFER.80) 00567000WRITEC 10,1002)ICARD 00568C00CALL XCOL)E(St3FFER,84) 00569COOREAD(1 0.BU)) 00570C00ISAVEH(AbU'Qg)-60..ARV8UJS 005710coISAVEH(OBUXN )-60.*OEPBus 00572C00

C OTO l0t 00573000C GPSS ST0RA00574C00C..~ ITR G CA ACN NPU T 00575000C 00576000190 IF(Ue.EW.JUUIU 101 00577000ICARD( 1)cNAMES C5BOICARD( 2 P.ULANK 00573000

CALL XCOUE(SUFFER.80) 0057000WRITE( 10.1002)ICARD 00581000CALL XCODE(BUFFER.84) 00502c00READ( 10,S) 00583C0000 191 1.1.15 00584C00IF(CAP'(I).EQ.0)G0TO 101 00585C00

ISTO11*(TO+12)+2nCAPlOC059booO191 C 0 N T I N U E 00587C000 0 7 0 0 5 9 C

C ... T RA NS FE R F L I G HT OVE RR I DES I N P UT 00590000:15 IF(JOBT.EG.flGOTO 101 052o

ICARD( I)-NAMETR 00593000ICARD( 2)=BLANK 00594000CALL XCUDE(BUFFER.8O) 00595c00WRITEC 10.1002)ICARD 00596000CALL XCODE(SUFFER.84) 00597c00RE.A0(lQ ,TR)059(0IF(ADDLT.GT.OISAVE4(XFXH).OELETE6 O009cooIF(D.GT.) ISAVN(XFH)OELEE0 6 0059Btc0

C 00601000C ... R UNT I TL E C A RD I N PUT 00b03cO0C 00604C00200 IF(JOST.kO.I)GOTO 101 00605000IF(NTLINS.LT.5)G0TO 201 00606C00WRITE( 6.1080) 00607000

201 0T 101 0060800021NTLINS-NTLINS,1 00609000CALL XC0LJE(SUFFER,80) 00610000WRITEC 10,1002)ICARD 00611000CALL XCOVE(SUFFER.80) 00612C00

READIO.081(ITILE(.NIINS)Inl64)00613C000070 101 00614000C

00615c00C ... EO0M E rTRY IN PU 1 00616000C 00617000215 IF(.JO0T.EO.1)GOTO lot 00618000C SET JI a ENTITY RANGE FOR FAC. TYPE -1. ISTO(N-1) ACCOUNTS FOR 2ND 00619000~J=FACOSX(I )-2 00620000NOFAC. I 00621C00ICARO( I JNAMEGE 00622000

TYPTST*IAND( ICARD(2) .MASK 1 00623000IF(TYPTST.NE.BLANK )ICARD(2).SLANK 00624000C CHECK FOR 'IMMIGRATION' & 'TICKETS&CHECKIN- 00625000IF(NOFAC.EQ.13.OR.NOFAC.EQ.14)ICARD(3)GBLANK 00626000

B-3-13

IF(NOFAC.EQ. 14) ICARO(4)sBLANK 00627C00IF (rOFAC.EQ.15) ICARO(3) aIAND(ICARD(3) ,MASK2)+BLANK2 00626C00CALL XCOIIE(BUFFER,8O) 00629COOWRITE( t0,1002)ICARD 00630000CALL XC0DE(BUFFER.84) 00631000READ( I0,GE) 00632000IF(NERRSW.EQ.I)GOTO 101 00633000

C ARGUMENTS TO FUNCTION MH3 MUST BE 104. 00634C00I-POINT 00635000IF(POINTX.NE.0)IMAXBH(MH3(l.1))SPOINTX 00636001FtP0INY.E.)MAXB(MH3(1,2))aPOINTY 00637C00IF(EXITPT.GT.O)IMAXBH(MPH3(1,3) )aEXITPT 00638000IF(ENTRPT.GT.0)IMAXBH(MH3(I.4)).ENTRPT 00639C00

C 00640000D0 225 121.4 00641c00

IF(FACNO(I).EQ.0)GOTO 227 00642C00NGO 0NGEO+ 00431NFACSM(NOFAC.1 )'NFACSM(NOFAC.).1 00644000IMAXBH(MH9(NGEO,1) )-NUFAC 00645000IMAXBN(MH9(NGEO,2) )-FACNO(l) 00646000IMAXSH(MH9(NGEO,3) )mPOINT 00647000IF( POINT.GT.MAXPT JMAXP'T*POINT 00648000IF(SIZE(I).EQ.0)GOTO 220 00649000K-1 1*IJ+FACNO(IJ+2 00650000IST0(K)sSIZE( I) 00651000

220 IF (NOFAC.NE.8) GO TO 221 062OC ENPLANING CURB SPECIAL TREAIMENT 00653000

ISTO(K) a sizrrx)/SCALE,0.S 00654000

IF (IST0(~K)EQ.0) ISTO(K) = 1 I55oK v 11a(EPDPSFACNO(I)-2).2 00656000

ISTO(K) - OPARK(I)I/SCALE+0.5 00657000IF (ZSTO(K).EQ.0) ISTO(K) - 1 00658000K - ll(EP0CS.FACNO(I)-2)+2 00659000

ISTO(K) - CURO(I),/SCALE.0.5 00660000IF (ISTO(K).EQ.0) ISTO(K) a 1 0610GO TO 222 00662000

221 IF (NOFAC.NE.12) GO TO 222 00663000C DEPLANING CURB SPECIAL TREAIMENT 00664000

ISTO(K) a SIZE(I)/SCALE+0.5 00665C00If (ISTO(K).EQ.0) ISTO(K) a 1 00666000K a lI.(DPDPS.FACNO(I)-2)+2 00667000

ISTO(K) a DPARK(Z)/SCALE+0.5 00668000IF (ISTO(K).EQ.0) ISTCI(K) =100669000K w l1.(DPQCS+FACNO(I)-2).2 00670000

ISTO(K) - CURBQ(1)/SCALE+O.5 00671000IF (ISTO(K).EQ.0) ISTO(K) a 1 00672000

222 00 223 M=1,3 00673000IF(IPARAM(M).EQ.0)GOTO 225 00674C00L-M43 00675C00IMAX9H(MH9(NGEO, L) )-IPAWAM(M) 00676000

223 CO0N T IN UE 00677000225 C 0 N T I N U E 00678000

C CHECK FOR SIDE BY SIDE ENTRANCE/EXIT 00679000227 IF(NOFAC.NE. 6.ANO.NOFAC.NE.7.OR.TWOWAY.EQ.NO)GOTO 101 00680C00

TWOWAY 'NO 00681000Im13-NOFAC 00682000GOTO 215 00683000

C 00664000C 00685000

SIF(NERRSW.EQ.I)GOTO 9 9 9 9 9 00s8so00C 00687000

B-3-14

C SORT FLIGHT SCHCDULE ON COL 5. 00688000

KwNROw-i 00690C00DO 230 J1, 00691000

NTEST-IMAX814(MMI (J.6)) 062O

ZF(kITEST. EQ.0)G0T0 230 00693C00

DO 229 IwJNROW 00694000NTIMEsIMAXBH(MHiI 6)) 00695000IF(NTIME.EQ.0.OR.N71ME.GE.NTEST)GOTO 229 00696C00t4 UTh~% IYA 00697C0000 228 19.1CrJHO1 00698000

ITEMPlvIMAXBH(VH7 4JLI)) 00699000IMAXBH(M141(J.L)).IMAXDN(MHt(IL)) 0070000oIMAX9HtMNiI I L) )zXTEMPl 00701000

220 CO0N T I N UE 00702C00229 CO0N I I N UE 00703000230 CO0N T IN UE 00704000

V 00705000C MARK COL I FOR PAST LAST FLO4?T. 0C706000c 007O7c00

IUAXBH(MNI(NROW+1 .1 fwlu- 00708000IF(J08T.EO.I)OTO 299 00709000

C 007110000C SORT mY FACILITY NUMBER. THEN FACILITY TYPE. 00711000c 00712000

NSWTC1 *0 00713C00251 K*NGEO-i 00714C00

D0 260 J'1,K 00715000NTEST92147403647 00716000DO 255 IsJ,NGEO 0071 7000

NS0RT0( I)-IVMAX8H(MH9(I.1)) 0C719000NSLJRTD(21=IMAX8H(MHg(I .2)) 00719000I F(NSORT.GEAI4TEST)GGT0 255 00720000NTIESTrNSORT 00721000MLN70'4c 0 0722000

255 C 0N t N UE 00723000IFM0.Q.)OO260 007241000

DO 25A M-1,6 00725000

25 O TCMllHtlNE WM 0072GC00

ITMITM wM9JM 000727C00DO M~IMX~jlMl 280728.20

lM(ALTYP(I)EAOl-IAX8)CDTE2 00790

ITM1.ITEMP2NFACSMP 007301)254 C 0 N T MI N UEMP,).QNAS(~)G? 8 00731C 020 FNSWTCI.g, GT 290 00733CO0

ITEMPao _040

DO 20 JmJTEMP2,ITEMPIo

ITEMPITEMP3*1AS~ll 007400

C CEK FOR OUBLY DFINED FAC+LIT 00745000

IF(INAXSH(P.'H9(J,2)).L7.ITEMP3)GOT0 269 00746000IF(IMAXBH(MH9(d.2J .EQ.ITEMP23IGOTO 270 00747000

C WUILD OUWAY FACILITIES 00746000

B-3-15

NGEONGEO4 00749C*00IMAXBII(MH9(NGEO.1 )) 0)70COIMAX8N(MH9(NGEO,2))-ITEMP3 00751OrO0NFACSM(1.1)-NFACSM(1.1)+1 00752 000GOrO 268 007S2000269 X81MAJXSN(MH9(d.2)) 007S4000

WRITEI6.1031 INAMERS.1 055OCALL ASSIGN(1,1OOOPH) 00756000

270 CO0 N T? INUE 00750000280 CO0N T IN UE 0075900

C295 IF(NSWTCI.EQ.'l)GOTO 251 00760C00C 00761 COOC INDEXF(*) (NFACSN(.2) + NO OF FAC IN'THAT TYPE POINTS TO FAC IN FAC00762CO0C 00763C000290 NFACSM(1,2).O 00764000

IMAXBH(MHS(l1))wNFACSM(1,1) 0076SC00D0 296 1-2.20 00766000

Ju-- 00767C000NF~e'SM(1.2).NFACSM(J,1)+NFACSM(J,2) 00768000IMAABH(MHS(I1 ) )-NFACSM(I,l) 00759000IMAX8H(MH9( 1.2) )-NFACSM(I .2) 00770000296 c 0 N T I N U E 00771000

C 00772C00C POINT-TO-POINT WALKING TIME CALCULATION 00773000C 00774C00WRITE(6.1024) 00775C00DO 293 I-I.MAXPT 00775C00

XlmIMAXSH(%MH3(Il )) 00777000YIUIMAX9H(MH3(I .2)) 00778000IF(XI .FQ. 0.0.AND.Yi .EQ.0.0)WRITE(8,1025)1 00779000C TEST FOR~ POINTX, POINTY BOTH 0 -- >b PROBABLY NOT DEFINED. 00780OOo00 292 *iuI.MAXPT 00781000DIF(I.EQ..J)GOTO 292 00782C00

K*M146( I .J) 00783000IF(IMAXBH(K).GT.0)GOTO 292 00784C00X2IlMAXBH(MH3(J, fl 00785000Y2uIMAX8H(MH3(j,2)) 00786000ITEMP1mSQRT((X -X2)..2,(Y..Y2)*.2).OSTFAC/WALKSP 00787000IMAXON(K)aITEMP1 00788000IMAX5H(MHe(J. I) )uI1EMPl 00789000292 CO0N T IN UE 00790000293 C 0 N T I N U E 00791L00C 00792000C DETERMINE CLOSEST EXIT & ENTRANCE TO EACH POINT. 00793C00C 00794C00

IWINOEXF(7) 00795000J aIttOEX IT 00796000NCOL&3 00797000294 1.1+l 00798000DO 298 Kal,MAXPT 00799C00IF(IMAX8H(MH3(K.NCOL)).NE.Q)GOTO 208 00800000ITEMPi =9999 0080100000 297 LullJ 00802000

ITEMP4uIMAXBH(MM9( L,3)) 00803000ITEMP2-IMAXBH(MH6( ITEMP4.K)) 00804000IF(ITEMAP2.GE.ITEMPl)GOTO 297 00805000ITEMPI uITEMP2 00806000ITEMP3. ITEMP4 00807000297 C0N T I N UE 00808000

IMAASI4(MH3(K,NCOL) )uIIEMP3 00609000

B-3-16

236 C U N T I N U E081COIr(NCOL.EQ.4)GO'O 291 o01ilCOoNCOL-4 0C912C00I=INDEXF(S) 00813000Jv=I+NOEFNTR 00814C00COTO 294 00915r00

C 0081 CCOoC CHECK FOR UNDEFINED FACILVlIES -NOT NECESSARILY AN ERROR COtdDITION.00817C00C 00818000

231 NSWTCluo 00819400DO 285 1-1,20 00820COO

IF(FACTYP(I).EQ.r3LANK)GOTO 296 00821c00IFkrAFACSM(I,1).GT.0)GITO 28S 00822C00Nswrci-1 00N23000

285 CO0 N r I N U E 001324T00280 IF(NSWTC1.EQ.0)GOTO 289 00825000

WRITE( 3.1020) 00826CODDO 287 1s1.20 00827000

IF(FACTYP(I).EQ.BLANK)GOTO 28 008280001F(F NACSM(1.i).GT.0)GOTO 267 00829C00IF(1.NE.i4)GOT0 283 00e30000WqI TEt6, 1026) 0083.c00GorO 287 00832COO

283 IF(I.NE.13)GOTO 284 00833C00WRT TE(6, 1030) 00834000GOTO 287 008350CO

264 WRITE(6.1021)NAMERS(r) 00R36CO0297 CO0N T IN UE 00837C00253 WRITSf 8,1022) 00138o00029 CONTINUE 00839000

C 00840c00C PARAMETER INPUT VALUES PLACED IN GPSS PROGRAM 0C840'00C 0084100

ISAVEN(BJTxH )=60*BUAPDT 00842000LEAVEL a60*LEAVEL 00843000LEAVEC w G0*LEAVEC 00844C00LEAVFV v 60*LEAVEV 00845c00ISAVEH(WWGXH) - l0.*#WAIE+0.5 00846CO0FSAVEL(GkGXL) vGRGAVE/100. 00847000rSAVEL(CGTXL )=CROGT/100. 0084700FSAVEL(PC5XL )xPRKCRB/lco. 00847n00FSAVEL(GRTXL) aGRFET/J00. 00848000ISAVEN(CPKX4) a f0.*CIRCPK.0.5 00849000ISAVEH(CI4UXH) a 10.*CUABCK+0.5 00849010

C o085000C C0851000C MESSAGE - END O0F I h P UT A TA 00(152C00C 00853C00

299 WRITE(6,1006) 00854000GOIO 9 9 9 9 9 00855000

C 001356000C 00857000C 0005(1000C 00859000

2 C 0 N 7 I N U E 00860000C 00861000C ... A G GA GE U N LOA D RO0U T INE 00862000C 00863000C SCANS MN?, BUILT BY SUCCESSIVE CALLS TO -BAGS' BY PAX XACS. LOADS 00864000C SUCCESSIVE PSIS WITH NUMBER TO SE COMPARED WITH VAX RANDOM 00865000C NUMBER OF PASSENGERS ON FLIGHT USER CHAIN. ROUFINE WILL LOOP 00666000

B-3-1.7

L

C THROUGH LOGIC CONTAINING A TIME DELAY. UNLINKING ALL PASSENGERS 00867000C WITH MAX RANDOM NUMBERS LE SUCCESSIVE P80 VALUES. 00868000C 00869000C MH7(2,1)vMN7(2,1)4MH7(l.1) 00870000C MH7(3,1)=MH7(3.1)+MH7(2,l) 00871000C ETC. 00872C00C 00873000

MAXBAG*IVALUE(2) 00074000NTESTcM*XBAG 00875000NOPO-40 00876C00NENOCK =0 00877000ITEMPI .MHO7B+1 0087800000 305 Isi.63 00879000

ITEMPI .ITEMPi+I 00880000ITEMP2wITEMPI+i 00881000NOBAGS.IMAXSH( ITEMPI) 00882000IMAXBH( ITEMP*)u0 00883000IF(NENDCK.EO."0. INENDCKsNOBAGS 00884000IMAX8H(ITEMP2)sIMAXBH(ITEMP2)*NOBAGS 00885000IF( IMAXON(ITEMP2).LT.NTEST)GOTO 305 00886000CALL ASSIGN( NOPB.I+tPU 00887000NENOCKO0 00888000IF (NOPS.E0.1) GO TO 306 00889000NOPB=NOPB-1 00890000NTESTaNTEST+MAXBAG 00891000

305 C 0 N T I N U E 082oIMAXIH(ITEMP2)=0 00893P00IF(NENDCK.EQ.0)GOTO 9 9 9 9 9 00894000

306 CALL ASSION(NOPS.64,PB) 00895C00GOTO 9 9 9 9 9 00896000

C 087OC 00898000

3 C 0 N T I N U E 00899000C 00900000C.....8 A G C L A I M 00901000C 00902000C IVALUEM2 a CURRENT LOCATION 00903000C IVALUE(3) a PHI (MHI ROW NO) 00904000C 00905000

NPTFMmIYALUE(2) 00906C00IV3*IVALUE(3) 00907000,J*INDEXF(4).IMAXBH(MHlCIV3,12)) 00908000NPTTO*IMAXIH(MH9(d,3)) 00909000ASSIGN 309 TO NEXT 00910100GOTO 950 00911000

303 CALL ASSIGN( 2.NPTTO.PH. 11,4.PB. 791J,PH ) C912C00GOTO 9 9 9 9 9 00913000

C 009140004 C 0 N T I N U E 00915000

C 00916000C 00917000C...C U S T 0 M S 00918000C 00919000C IVALUE(21 a CURRENT LOCATION 00920000C IVALUE(3) a MH9 ROW NO OF APPROPRIATE IMMIGRATbON FAC00921000C 00922000

NPTFM I VALUE (2) 00923C00IV3wIVALUE(3) 00924000

C CUSTOMS AREA ASSOCIATED WITH IMMIGRATION AREA PAX AT 00925000LaIMAXIH(MH9(1V3.4)) 00926000#jmINDEXF(5)*L 00927000

B-3 T.18

NPTTO-IMAXBH(MH9(U.3)) 00928c00ASSIGN 313 TO NEXT 00929000GOTO 950 00930C00

C DETERMINE CUSTOMS QUEUE AND STORAGE NUMBER 0093100313 M-CUSQS+L-1 00932000

CALL ASSIGN( 2,NPTTOPH, S,M,PH, 7,J,P4. 1.5,PB ) 00933000C 00934000

GOTO 9 9 9 9 9 00935000C 00936000C. 00937000

5 C 0 N T I N U E 00938000C 00939000C...G R 0 U N D T R A N S P 0 R T M O D E 00940000C 00941000C IVALUE(2) a PAX BEING MET (DEPL PAX; DECR TO 0 BY ROU00942000C a RANDOM NO FOR TICKETED/NOT SELECTION FOR 400943000C IVALUEC3) a RANDOM NO FOR MODE SELECTION 00944000C IVALUE(4) a FLT TYPE (1,2.3 DOM,COM,INT) 00945C00C 00146000

IV2mIVALUE(2) 00947000IV4AIVALUE(4) 00941000IF(JOBT.EQ.1)GOTO 702 0094900K * 2 00950000L - 0 00951000GO TO 701 00952000

C PAX NOT BEING MET; RANDOM MODE SELECTION 00953(00702 K-t 00954c00

L-0 00955000C DECISION ON TICKETED/NOT TICKETED 0095c00

IF(IMAXBH(MN4(IV4,1)).LT.IV2)L.1 00957C00701 TEMPCT-(IVALUE(3)+I.)/I000. 00958000

00 705 J*K.I0 O04sqcooIF(TEMPCT.GT.FMAXBLJML2il4,)))GOTO 705 009600

C ADD (+1) TO J BECAUSE PVT.CAR PASS. GROUPS USE P86a1 AND PB6-2 00960100jatd+l 00960200

CALL ASSIGN( 6.J.PS. 9,L.PB ) 00961000GOTO 9 9 9 9 9 00962000

705 C 0 N T I N U E 00963000NERCNT=NERCNT+ 00964C00

IF(NERCNr.EQ.ERRORS)GOTO 999 00965C00W14ITE(6.1007) 00966000CALL ASSIGN( 6.4,PB, 9,LPI ) 00967000GOTO 9 9 9 99 00968000

C 00969c00C 00970C00

6 C 0 N T I N U E 00971000C 00972000C. .,m E N T A C A 00973000C 00974000C IVALUE(2) a CURRENT LOCATION - PH2 00975000C IVALUE(3) a CAR RENTAL AGENCY CODE - P910 0097600C 00977000

NPTFM= IVALUE(2) 00978000IV3xIVALUE(3) 00979C00

C ITEMPi a DIST TO CLOSEST COUNTER OF AGENCY. 00980000C UINPTO a CLOSEST COUNTER'S POINT NUMBER. 00981000

IsINOEXF(11) 00982000Jn+INORENT 00963000101+1 00984000

C SCAN AGENCY COUNTERS TO FIND NEAREST ONE Of CORRECT AGENCY 00985000ITEMPI.9999 00986000

B-3-19

MINPTOv0LTEfpO

0096700000 320 N.Ij 00988o000LTEMPxLTEMP+l 00989000C BRANCH IF DIFFERENT AGENCY 00900990o

IF.AXHM9 J,).NE.ZV3)GO)TO 320 00992000NPTTOsImAXBH(MH9(N,

3 )) 00993000

XrEMP2-IuAXBH(MH6(NPTFMINPTTO)) 00994000IF( ITEM02-GE.ITEMP1I)COTO 320 00995000ITEMPI=ITEMP2 0960MINPTO.-NPTTO 00997000ITEMP3-N 0099eooL*LTEMP 00999000320 C 0 N T I N U t 01000000IF(MINPTO.GTO0)GOTO 324 01002000C FOLLOWING TO STATEMENT 324 EXECUTED FOR UNDEFINED RENTACAR FACZLITY.01

00 3 0 0000 322 N-I,~j 01004000LuL+ 01006000=MAXIN(MH9(N,4)) 01007000IF(K.GT.O)GOTO 323 0080322 C 0 N T I N U E 01008000IF(NRCRSW.EQ1I)GO)TO 9 9 9 9 9 01010000NRCRSWSI 010110000WRITE(6,1019) 01012000GOTO 9 9 9 9 9 0 '1012000323 NPTTD*IMiAXBH(MH 9(N,3 )) 01013C00ITEMP30N 01015000WRITE( 6. w0g)zV3,K 01016000NEIICNT*NEPCNT,1 01017000IF(NERCNt.EQ.ERRORS)GOTO 999 01018000IV3wi( 01019000

MINPIO a WPTTOGOTO 32501020000324 NPTTORMINPTO

01022000325 ASSIGN 320 TO NEXT 01022~0

GOTO 95001024000326 M-RCRQS4L-1 01025000CALL A*SIGN( 2.MINPTO,PH. 5.m.PH, 7,ZTEMP3.Pm, 11i,1ps 01026000C GOTO 9 9 9 g 9 01027000

C 0102800001029000

C 0103000

C...E X £ 70103 000CIVALUE(2) CURRENT LOCATION -PH2 01034000C IVALUE(3M CURRENT PROCESS - Poli 01035000C IVALUE(4) aNEXT ADDRESS - FN*PBI 01036000C IVALUE(S) *MH19 ROW OF LAST FACILITY -PH? 01037000C 01038000NPTFw IVALUE(2) 01039000IV3uIVALUE(3) 01040000IV4uIVALU114)

01041000ZYS&IVALUE(5)

01042000C SCAN VALID FACILITY TYPES 10 EXIT TO. 01043000IF(IV4.EQ.OPLC0.R.IV4.EQ.CGTRO.RIV4.EQ.GRTOO)GOTO 510 01044000

WRITECS. IOOU)IVALUE(4)tt 01046000NERCN? NEOCN 7+1 01047000

B-3 -20

IFfNERCNT.EQ.ERRORS)GOTO 999 01048000

GOTO 9 9 9 9 9 01049C00C EXIT TO OEPLANING CURB. CHECK FOR FACILITY LEAVING FROM. 01050000

510 IF(IV3.EQ.1)GOTO 520 01051000C MV CAN LEAVE FROM SECURITY 01052000

IF (1V3.EO.3) GO TO 535 01053000IF(IV3.EQ.4)GOTO 515 01054000IF(1V3.EQ.5)GOTO 525 01055000IF(1V3.EQ.11)GOtO 530 01056000WRITE(6.1009)FACTYP( V3) 01057000GO10 9 9 9 9 9 01058000

C NOTE: COMMONALITY IN FOLLOWING CODE BLOCKS TO PERMIT TAILORING FOR 0105aCOO

C A SPLCIFIC INSTALLATION. 01060000C BAG CLAIM - DEPLANING CURB 01061000

515 J=IrABHtMH9(IV5.3)) 01062000tNPTTO=IMAXBNI41H3(J,3)) 01063C00ASSIGN 516 TO NEXT 01064C00GOTO 950 01065000

516 CALL ASSIGN( 2.NPTTO,PH ) 01066000GOTO 9 9 9 9 9 01067000

C GATE - DEPLANING CURB 01068C00520 J-IMAXBH(MH9(IV5,3)) 01069000

NPTTO=IMAXBH(MH3(J.3)) 0in70000ASSIGN 521 TO NEXT 01071000GOTn 950 01072000

521 CALL ASSIGN( 2.NPTTO.PH ) 01073000G0To 9 9 9 9 9 01074000

C CUSTOMS - VEPLANING CUIRB 01075000525 J=*AXBH(MM9(IV5,3)I 01075000

Nprro= IAX8H(MH3(J,3)) 01077000ASSIGN 526 TO NEXT 01C78000G0 950 01079CO0

526 CALL ASSIGN( 2.PTTO,PH ) 01000000GOTO 9 9 9 9 9 01081000

C CAR qENTAL - DEPLANING CURB 01082000530 J-IMAX8H(W*H(TVS,3)) 01083000

NP TO*IMAXBHl'4H3(J,3)) 01084000ASSIGN 53i ro NEXT 01085000GOTO 950 01066C00

531 CALL ASSIGN( 2,NPTTO,PH ) 01087000GOrO 9 9 9 9 9 ooeoo0

C SECURITY - DEPLANING CURB 0108900055 i - IMAX8H(MH9(1V5,3)) 01090000

NPTTO a IMAXBH(MH3(J,3)) 01091000ASSIGN 536 TO NEXT 01092000GO TO 950 01093000

526 CALL ASSIGN (2,NPTTOPH) 01094000GO TO 9 9 9 9 9 01095000

C 01096000C 0109700

8 C 0 N T I N U c 01096000C 01099C00C...I M M I G N A T I 0 N 01100000C 01101000C IVALUE(2) a CURRENT LOCATION - PH2 01102000C IVALUE(3) a GATE NUMBER - MHI(PH1,9) 01103000C 01104000

NPTFMs!VALUE(2) 01105000IV3slVALUE(3) 01106000L-IMAXIH(MH9(IV3,5)) 01107000

C TEST FOR GATE'S DESIGNATED IMMIGRATION FACILITY 01108000

B-3-21

IF(NOIMMI.GT.O)GOTO 331 0110000

NERCNT UNERCNT+1 OtIl20IF( NERCNI .E . ERRORS )GOTO 999 01113000GOTO 9 9 9 9 9 01114000

C NO IMMIGRATION AREA SPECIFIED FOR GATE. FIND ANY IMWIGRATION AREA.01115C00331 JaINDEXF(13) 01116C00

Ka.J+NO 1MMI 01117000J-J+I01118000

DO 332 N*J.K 01119000L-LeI 01120000IF(IMAX8HtMH9(N.3)).G7.0)GOTO 334 01121000

332 C 0 N T I N U E 01122000334 WRITE(G.1011)1V3.L 01123000

NERCNT .NERCNT+1 01124000IF(NERCNT.EQ.ERflORS)GOTO 999 01SO

335 4J.!NOEXF(13)e.L 01126000NPTTOwIMAXIH(MH9(J.3)) 01127000ASSIGN 338 TO NEXT 01128000GOTO 950 01129000

335 M*IMMQS.L-I 01130000CALL ASSIGN( 2.NPTTOPH. S,M.P4. 7,j,PH, i1.13,PB, S,,J.PH ) 0131000GOTO 9 9 9 9 9 01132000

C 01133C00C 01134C00

0 C 0 N T I N U E 01135000C 01136000C ... D E P L A N I N G C U R 8 P A X 01137C00C 01138c00C IVALUE(2) * CURRENT L.OCATION - PH2 01139000C IVALUE(3) a LAST FACILITY TYPE (OTHER THAN EXIT) -P5101140C00

C IVALUEM4 a LAST MHl9 ROW (OTHER THAN EXIT) PH?7 01141CO0C IVALUE(S a MHIl ROW - PHI 01142000C 01143C00

NPTFMu IVALUE( 2) 011440001V3ulvALUE(3) 01145000IVSItVALUE(S) 01146C00I a IMAXBH(MNi(IVS.3)) 01147000

C SCAN FOR VALID FACILITY TYPES COMING FROM 011480CCIF(1V3.EO.1)GOTO 600 01149C00IF(1V3.EQ.4)GOTO 605 01150000IF(IV3.E.S.)GOTO 610 01151000IF(IV3.EQ.11)GOTO 61S 01152000IF (IV3.EG.14) GO TO 620 01153000I-PVAL(PB,1) 01154000WRITE(G.1012)FACTYPIIV3) .1 01155000NF.RCNT UNERCNT* 1 01156000IF(NERCNT.EQ.ERRORS)GOTO 999 01157000GOTO 9 9 9 9 9 01158000

C COMING :DIRECTLY FROM GATE - FIND. ASSIGNED SAG CLAIM AREA FOR FLIGHT 01159L00600 I-IMAXIHIMHI(ZV,12))+aINDEXF(4) 01160000

ITEMPI =IMAXSH(MH9( I.4)) 01161000GOTO 690 01162000

C COMING FROM SAG CLAIM 01163000605 InIVALUEtA) 01164000

ITEMPI .IMAXSH(Mli9( 1.4)) 01165000GOTO 890 01166000

C COMING FROM CUSTOMS 01167000610 taIVALUE(4) 0116000

ITEMPI aIMAXIN(MN9( 1.4)) 01169000

B-3-22

6070 690 01170000C COMING FROM RENTACAR 01171000

615 I-IVALUE(4) 01172C00ITEMPI sIMAXBH(MH9( 1.5)) 011730000070 690 01174000

C COMdING FROM CHECKIN--DEPLANING LOBBY PAX TO ENPLANING CURB 01175C00620 1I IMAXI*(MHI(IVS.3)) O01176000

I zIMAABH(MH2(I.1)l 01177000J - I+INUr)IF(8) 011 71300GO TO 6q2 01179C00

C DETERMINE UELPANING CURB AREA 01160000690 .JITEMP1.INOEXF(12) 01181000692 NPTTO-IMAXBM(MH9(J,3)) 01182000

ASSIGN 691 TO NEXT 01183000GOTO 950 01 184C00

691 CALL ASSIGN( 2,NPTTU,PH, 7,J.PH. 11*12.PI 01185C00GOTO 9 9 9 9 9 01186000

C 01187000C 01198000

10 C 0 N T I N U E 01189000C 01190000C. ...D E P L A N I N G C U R a C A Rt S a G R E E T E Rt S ) 011910i)0C 01192000C IVALUEI2) - AIRLINE 01193000C ZVALUE(31 - MIII ROW - PHI1 01194CCOC IVALUE(4) a NUMBER OF BAGS (INDICATES DEPI OR ENPL CB)01195000C IVALUE(5) w 1 IF GREETER (RECIRCULATED AND PARKED) 01196000C 01197000

1V2*IVALIJE(2) 01199000IV3.IVALUE(3) 011914co01V4 . IVALUE(4) 01200000IF (IV4.NE.0) GO TO 700 01201000

C Cl 202000C USING ENPLANING C.URB 01703000C 01204000

M a IMAXbH(Ml42(TV2,l)) 01205C00IF (IVAILuE(S).EQ.l) GO TO 716 01206000

C CURB SEARCH SCHE9E FOR OPEN CURB OR OP SLOTS 0120700000 713 K-1.10 01208000

L - IEPSCH(K.M) 01209000C IGNORE FACILITY NUMBERS >NCIENPL 0121000

IF (L.GT.p'OENPL) GO TO 713 01211000ITEAPl IPJOEXF(O)+L 01212000

C TEST FOR DU?JVM IPhCIITY 01213000IF (IMAXBHlMHg(ITEMP1,3)).EQ.0) GO TO 713 01214C00J3 w EPCBS.L-1 01215C00ITEMP3 a tio(.J-1 1+2 01216Cl00IF (ISTO(ITEMP3).EQ.O) GO TO 714 0121 7400

C CAR GETS CURS SLOT 01218000CALL ASSIGN(6,J.PM, I0,I.P9) 01219C00GO TO 9 9 9 9 9 C01220000

714 J3 - EPDPS+t.-1 01221C00ITEMP3 u l1.(,J-l).2 0!222C00IF (ISTO(ITEMP3).EQ.0) GO TO 713 01 22:3C00

C CAR GETS OP SLOT 01224000CALL ASSIGN(G.,J.PH. 10.2,PB) 01225C00GO TO 9 9 9 9 9 01226000

713 CONTINUE 01227COOL a I 01228C00J EPQCS+L-1 01229000tTEMP3 ii*1(Ji)+2 01230C00

B-3-23

IF(1v3.EQ.5)GOTO 801 01292000C PVTCAR OR TAXI - GET ENPLANING CURB FAC NO FOR AIRLINE 01293C00

801 00 900 K-1,10 01294C00C POINT TO CURB SEARCH SCHEME 012950oo

L-IEPSCH(K.J) 01296C00C IGNORE FACILITY NUM13ERS OT NOENPL 01297000

IF(L.GT.NOENPL)GOTO 800 01298000ITEMPI-INOEXF(81+L 01299000

C TEST FOR DUMMY FACILITY 01300000IF(IMAXBH(MH9(ITEMiPi.3)).EQ.0)GOTO 800 01301000M-EPC8S+L-1 01302000ITEMP3-11 1 C-I)+2 01303c00IF (I5TO(ITE1AP3).EQ.C) GO TO 804 01304C00

C CAR GETS CURB SLOT 01305000-ALL ASSIGN(6,M,PH, 10.1.PB) 01306000GO TO 803 01307000

804 M =EPDPS+L-' 01300C00ITEMP3 - 11.(M-1)+2 0 1309000IF (ISTO(ITEMP3).EQ.0) GO TO 800 01310000

C CAR GETS OP SLOT 01311000CALL ASSIGN(6,M.PH, 10,2,PB) 01312C00GO TO 803 01213000

900 CONTINVE 01314C00L =J 0131 SCOOITEMPI - ItDEXF(S)4L 013U3('OOP=EPQCS+L-1 01317c00

ITFtMP3 a 11.(NI-1)+2 01318C00IF (lST0UITEbM3).EQ.O) GO TO 805 01319000

C CAR 'GETS QUEUE SLOT 01320000CALL ASSJGN(6,M.PH, 10.PB) 01321CO0GO 70 8oj 01322C00

C CAR MUST RECIRCULATE 01323000905 CALL ASSIGN(S.0.PH. 6.0.P11, 10,4.PB) 01 Z24C00

CIO r 0 9?9 99 0132sr00C M&ENPLCURB STO, ITEMPI-MHgROW, ITEMP3uCAR CURB STO 01326C00803 NP7TO=IMAX5H(MH9(ITEMP1,3)) 01327C00

CALL ASSIGN( 2,NPTTO.PH. 7,ITEMPiPH 01328CO0GOTO 9 9 3 9 9 01329000

C BUS/LIMO 01330C00BOB JTEMP2-lfvlAXGHlAH2(IV2.3)) 01331C00

IF(ITEMP2.GT.0)GOTO 809 01332C00ITEMP2*IMAXBH(teH2(1V2.1)) 01333C00

909 ITEMPISINDEXF(8)+ITEMP2- 01334C00

NPTTO=IMAXBH(fAH9(ITEMPI.3)) 01325000CALL ASSIGN( 2.tJPTTO.PH. 7.ITEMPI.PH 01336000GOTO 9 g 9 9 9 01337C00

-C 01338000oC 01339000

12 C 0 N T I N U E 01340000C 01341C00C...E N TR A N C E 01342000C 01343000C IVALUE(2) x CURRENT LOCATION -P142 01344000C 01345000

NPTPM*IVALUE(2) 01346000NPTTOnIMAXBH(MH3(NPTFM,4)) 01347000ASSIGN B13 TO NEXT 01348C00GOTO 950 01349000

613 CALL ASSIGN( 2.NPTTO,PM 01350000COTo 9 9 9 9 9 01351000

C 01352000

B-3 -24

C 0135300013 C 0 N 7 1 N U E 01354000

C 01355C00C... T I C K E T I N G & C h E C K I N ( A L L ) 01356000

C 01357000C IVALUE(2) m CURRENT LOCATION - PH2 01358C00C IVALUE(3) • AIR LINE - MhI(PH1,3) 01359000

C IVALUE(4) a IICKETED/NOT TICVETED (0,1) - PB9 01360000

C IVALUE(5) a RANDOM NO. FOR FRACTIONAL TRANSFER 01361000

C IVALUE(6) - NUMBER OF PAX 01362000C 01363000

NPTFM=IVALUE(2) 01364000IV3=IVALUE(3) 01365000

C IF TERMINATING (PASSING THRCUGH LOBBY). BRANCH TO FULL-SERVICE 01366000IF (PVAL(PB,8).EQ.I) GO 10 844 01367000

C IF GREETER OR GREETED. BRANCH TO FULL-SERVICE TICKETING 01368000IF (IVALUE(6).EQ.O.OR.PVAL(PB.12).EQ.3) GO TO S44 01369000

C IF PAX NOT PRETICKETED .OR. RANDOM NO .GT. EXPCHK ..... 01370000

C ... BRANCH TO FULL SERVICE SECTION. 01371000IF(IVALUE(4).EQ.I.OR.IVALUE(5).GT.IMAXBH(MH2(IV3,2)))GOTO 644 01372000

GOTO 850 01373000

C 01374000C FULL SERVICE FACILITY 01375000

C 01376000644 djINEXF(14) 01377000

K-J+NOrICK 01378000J-J+l 01379000

L-0 0138000000 845 IdJK 0138100

L.L+1 0138200IF(tMkX6H(MH9(I,4)).EQ.IV3)G.TO 648 0138300

645 C 0 N T I N U E 01384000

C FOLLOWING EXECUTED FOR UNDEFINED FACILITY 01385000

IF(NOTICK.GT.O)GOTO 847 01386000WRITE(6,1028) 01387000GOTO 999 01388C00

847 L-1 01389C00Irt4ZEXFi14) t 01390000NmAAXBH(MH9( 1,4)) 01391000

WRITE(6.1027)IV3,N 01392000NERCNT*NERCNT+1 01393000

IF(NERCNT.EQ.ERRORS)GOTO 999 01394000843 M-TICQS+L-I 01395000

ITEMPIsCHEK3 01396000N v 14 01397000GOTO 857 0139RCOO

C 01399000

C EXPRESS CHECKIN FACILITY 0140000

C 01401000550 JsINDEXF(2) 01402000

K-JNOCHEC 01403C00J-J+i 01404C00

L-0 01405C0000 B5 lJ.K 01406C00

LuL+I 01407000IF(IMAXSH(MH9(I,4)).EQ.1V3)GOTO 853 0140000

51 C 0 N T I N U E 01409000

C FOLLOWING CODE EXECUTED FOR UNDEFINED FACILITY 01410000J*INDEXF(14) 01411000

Km1 +NOTICK 01412000jui+l 01413000

B-3-25

L;O 0;414000C SEARCH FOR FULL SERVICE FACILITY FOR THIS AIRLINE 01415000

DO 858 Iad.IK 01416000L-L+1 01417000IF(IMAXBH(MHS(I.4)).EQ.IV3)GOTO 859 01418C00

85S C 0 N T I N U E 0141900C USE ANY FULL SERVICE FACILITY 01420000

IF(NOTICK.GT.O)GOTO 852 01421000

WRIT' (6,1028) 01422000GOTO 999 01423rU0

552 I-INDEXF(14)+l 01424000N-IMAX8HNMH9(I.4)) 01425CO0WRITE(6,1029)IV3.N 0142500NERCNTxNERCNT I OIJ27PO0

L=1 01428C00IF(NERCNT.EQ.ERRORS)GOTO 999 01429000

859 M-TICQS.L-1 0143000

ITEMPI CHEK3 01431000N=14 01432000

GO!O 867 0143300883 MzCHKQS-I+L 01434000

N=2 01435 00

ITEMPIOCHEK2 0143600G010 857 01437000

857 NPTTO*IMAXBH(MH9(I.3)) 01438000

ASSIGN 856 TO NEXT 01439000G0TO 950 01440C00

956 CALL ASSIGN( 2,NPTTO.PH, 4,ITEMPIPH, SM,PH, 7.,PH, 11.N.PB ) 01441000GOTO 9 9 9 9 9 01442000

C 01443000C 01444000

14 C 0 N T I N U E 0144500

C 0144G000C...S E C U R I T Y 01447000C 01441)000C IVALUE(2) * CURRENT LOCATION - PH2 0144900C IVALUE(3) * GATE - MHI(PHI,9) 0145000

C 01,151000NoTF&I=.IALUE(2) 01452000IV3-lVALUE(3) 01453000

C DETERMINE SECURITY FACILITV ASSIGNED TO THIS GATE 01454C00

I-=MAX8H(MI9(IV3.4) 0155000IF(I.GT.O)GOTO 860 0145e00WRITE(6,103)1V3 01457COOIMAXBH(MH9( V3,4)),t 01'15sc001.1 01459000

C DETERMINE LOCATION OF SECURITY POINT. 01460000860 J:INDEXF3)+I 0145ir'0

M=SECQS+I-l 01462000NPTTO-IMAXB.(MH9(J,3)) 0146?00

C NOTE: MODIFY NEXT CALCULATION TO REFLECT EARLY PASSENGERS WAITING 0146400C UNTIL CLOSER TO FLIGHT TIME TO PROCEED TO GATE. PASS CURRENT0146500

C TIME (Cl) AND FLIGHT TIME (MHI(PHI.6)) VIA IVALUE LIST. 01466000

ASSIGN 861 TO NEXT 01467000GOTO 950 01468000

861 CALL ASSIGN( 2,NPTTO,PH, 5,M.PH, ?,J,PH, 11,3,PS ) 01469000

GOTO 9 9 9g 9 01470000

C 01471000C 01472000

Is C 0 N T I N U E 01473000

C 01474000

B-3-26

C. . Q A T E ( E N P L A N I N G P A X 01475000C 01476000C IVALUE(2) a CURRENT LOCATION - PH2 01477000C IVALUE(3) s GATE - MHI(PHI.9) 01i;8ooC 01479000

NPTFMsIVALUE(2) 01480000IV3-IVALUE(3) 01481000NPTTO=IMAXBH(MH9(IV3,3)) 01482C00IF(NPTTO.GT.O)GOTO 873 01483000DO 871 Ial,NOGATE 01484000

IF(IMAX8H(MH9(I,3)).NE.0)GOTO 872 01485000871 C 0 N T L N U E 01486C00672 -J=PVAL(PH,1) 01487000

IMAXBH(MHI(J,9)).I 01486C00WRITE(6,1014)1V3.IMAXBH(MI(J,2)),I 01489000IV3*! 01490000NPTTOuIMAXBH(MHU(IV3,3)) 01491000

673 ASSIGN 874 TO NEXT 01492000GOTO 950 01493000

874 M-GAQSL+IV3-1 01494C00CALL ASSIGN( 2.NPTTO,PH, 5.M.PH, 7.V3.PH, 1I,1,PB ) 01495000GOTO 9 9 9 9 9 01496000

C 01497000C 01498000

Ie C 0 N T I N U E 01499C00C 01500000C...P A R K I N G (P A X 01501000C 01502000C NOTE: UNLIKE THE CODE FOR MOST FACILITY TYPES, THE FORTRAN 01503000C CODE FOR "PARKING" MAY BE CALLED FROM A VARIETY OF 01504000C POINTS WITHIN THE GPSS PORTION OF THIS MODEL. 01505000C 01506000C IVALUE(2) a CURRENT LOCATION - PH2 01507000C IVALUE(3) a TRANSPORTATION MODE - PB6 01508000C IVALUE(4) - DEPLANING/ENPLANING (0/1) 01509000C IVALUE(S) w CAR RENTAL AGENCY (PBIO) WHEN IVALUE(3)-3 01510000C IVALUE(6) w 1 TO GET LOT NUMBER ONLY 01511000C 01512000

NPTFM-tVALUE(2) 01513000

IV3-IVALUE(3) 01514000IV4.IVALUE(4) 01515000IV5-IVALUE(5) 01516000;V6 - IVALUE(6) 01517000IF(]V4.EQ.1)GOTO 720 01518000

C TESTS FOR DEPLANING PAX 01519000IF (1V3.Eg.1) GO TO 726 01520000IF(!V3.EQ.2)GOTO 728 01521000IF(!V3.EQ.3)GOTO 722 01522000GOTO 721 01523000

C TESTS FOR ENPLANING PAX 01524000720 IF(IV3.EQ.2)GOTO 728 01525000

IF(!V3.EQ.3)GOTO 722 01526000IF (!V3.EO.1) GO TO 729 01527000

C ERROR CONDITION 01528000721 I-PVAL(PH,4) 01529000

WRITE(6.1O15)NPTFM.I.V4,1V3 01530000NERCNT-NERCNT 1 01531000IF(NERCNT.EQ.ERRORS)GOTO 999 01532000GOTO 9 9 9 9 9 01533000

C DEPLANING PAX - RENTAL CAR 01534000C ENPLANING PAX - RENTAL CAR 01535000

B-3-27

C DETERMINE IF AGENCY HAS SPECIAL LOT 01536C00722 I-INDEXF(1 ) 01537C00

J: I+NORENT 01538000

Do 725 N-I.~J 01540000IF(IMAXBH(MH9(N.4)).NE.IV5)GOTO 725 01541000'L=IMAX9H(MH9(N,5)) 01542000IF(L.GT.I1 GOTO 723 015433000

725 C 0 N T I N U E 01544C00C DEPLANING PAX - SELF 01545'00C ENPLANING PAX - SELF 0154G'n00C GENERAL LO; 01547C00

728 LOTNO - PVAL(PB,14) 015400IF (LOT14O.EQ.0) LOTNO a I 01549COO

C INSERT ASSIGNMENT OF MULTIPLE LOTS HERE 01550000t4=INUF.XF~ iO)4LOTNO O1551tP0OM=PARQS+LOTjO-1 01552C00IF (1V6.NE.1) GO TO 724 01553C00CALL ASSIGN(14,LOTNOPB) 01554000GO TO 9 9 9 9 9 01555000

C SPECIAL LOT 01556000723 N=INOEXF(10)+L 01557000

M-PARQS.L-1 0155c000724 NPTTO-IMAXSH(M49(N.3)) C1559000

IF (NPTCIA4.EQ.0) GO T0 727 oI560COOASSIGN 727 TO NEXT 01561C00GOTO 950 01562C00

727 CALL ASSIGN( 2.NP7TO.FN, 5,M.PH, 7,N,PH. 11.10,PS. 14,LOTNO,PB) 01563C00GOTO 9 9 9 9 9 01564000

C 01565000C 0I156epo0

17 C 0 N T I N U E 015670OOC 01 568l000C...i A mS FE R P AX 0155 ?eooC 01570000C IVALUEM2 a SWITCH: luTRANSFER. 2*TRANSIT 0157100C IVALUE(3) a RANDOM NO FOR FLT SELECTION (TRANSFER) 01572C00C a ARRIVING FLIGHT NUMBER PHI (TRANSIT) 01573C00C IVALUE(4) a DOM/COM/INT PAX (1/2/3) -P63 (TRANSFER) 01574000C IVALUE(5) w GATE NO. -P145 01 575C00C 01575100

M-rVALUE(5) 01575:00ITEMP3*IhiAX8H(MH9(M.4)) 01575'?00IF(ITCMP3.GT.O) GO TO 827 01575tAOOWRITE(6,1013) M 01575500IMAXIHCMH9(M.4) ).1 01575COOITEMP3*1 01575700

627 IV2-IVALUE(2) 01576000GO TO (821.822).1V2 01577000

C 01578000C TRNSFE PAX01579000

C TR NS ER FA o sscoo

821 IF(NOFXFR.GT.0)GOTO 624 01582C00K*PVAL(PUS) 01593C00IMAXIN(MK~iI(ITEMP3)).IMAXBH(MHII(ITEMP3))+K 01584COOISAVEM (XFRXFI)-ISAVEH( XFRXH)+l olsasoooCALL ASSIGN( 4.rRx99.PH* 8.CTRLI.PH )01587000GOTO 9 9 9 9 9 01589000

824 CALL ASSIGN( 8,CTRLO,PH 301591000C RANDOMLY CHOSE FLIGHT 01592100

N*MOD( IVALUE(3) .NOFXFR)+i01920

B- 3-28

I*IMAXSmtMH5(N)) 01593000KMNiI 111) 01594000IMAXUN(K)w!MAXBH(K)-1 01595000

C WHEN ALL TRANSFER PAX FOR U LT ASSIGNED, DELETE FLT FROM TABLE. 01596000IF(IMAXON(K).GT.O)GOTO 820 0159700000 823 L.N.NOFXFR 01598000

ITEMPI uMH5( 1) 01599000ITEMP2*ITEMPI+1 01600000IMAXSN( ITEMPI )*IMAXBH( ITEAIP2) 01601C00

523 CO0 NT!I N U E 01602000NOFXFR.NOFXFR-i 01603000

620 CALL ASSIGN4( 1.I.P4 01604000GOTO 9 9 9 9 9 01605000

C 01606000C TRANSIT PAX 01607000C 01608000

322 K - IVALUE(3) 01609000C FIND GATE OF ARRIVING FLIGHI 01610000

IGAT - IMAXSI4(MHI(K.9)) 01611000K - K+1 01GI12C00

C FIND NEXT DEPARTURE AT SAME GATE 01613000

DO 826 IaI(.999 01614000IF (IMAXSN(MHI(1.1))) 818.826,819 01615000

819 IF (IMAXIH(MHI(I,9)).EQ.IGAT) GO TO 817 01616000826 CONTINUE 01617C00

C NO NEXT DEPARTURE IN TABLE 01618000IB K - PVALtPBS) 01619000

IMAXBN(MHII(ITEMP3).IMAABN(MN1I(ITEMP3))+K 01,620C00ISAVEN(XFRXH) a ISAVEN(XFRXH)+1 01621000CALL ASSIGN (4.TRX99,PH, 8.CTRLI,PH) 01622COO

C XAC WILL BE TERMINATED 01623000Go TO 9 9 999 01624(00

817 CALL ASSIGN (1.IPN. 8,CIRLO.PH) 01625000

GO TO 99 9 99 01626000C 01627000

C 01628C00Is C 0 N 7 I N U E 01629000

C 01630000C ... T RA N SF ER FL IG HTS5 01631000C 01632000C IVALUE(2) a MHIl POW NO -PHI 01633000C IVALUE(3) a INIT./DELETE/ADD/TICK CNTER PT NO 0/1/2/3 01634000

C 01635000IV2%IVALUE(2) 01636000IV3.IVALUE(3) 01637000IF(IV3.EQ.1)GOTO 832 01638000IF(1V3.EQ.2)GOTO 830 01639000IF(1V3.EO.3) GO TO 836 01639,00

C INITIALIZE TABLE 0164000000 834 1.1.999 01641C00

C TEST: EN00'cTA$LE/ARV_ LT/DE..FLT 01642000IF( IMAX8N(NINI (1,1)) )835,834 .833 01643C00

333 IlEMPI.IMAXBN(MmI(I,6))*60 01644C00IF(ITEMPPI .OT.ISAVEH(Xt-AXH))GOT0 835 01645000

IF(ITEMP1 .LT.ISAVEH(XFOXH))GOTO 834 01646000IF(IMAXBN(MHI(I,11)).LQ.O)GOTO 834 01647000NOFXFR=NOFXFR~i 01648000IMAXBN(MH5(NOFXFR) )uI 01649000

534 C 0 N T I N U E 01650000625 CALL ASSIGN( 1.1,PH 01651000

GOTO 9 99 99 01852000

B- 3-29

C DELETE FLIGHT FROM TABLE MH5 01653000832 IF(IMAXBH(MH5(1)).NE.1V2)GOTO 9 9 g 9 9 C165,100

DO 829 I11NOFXFR 01655leO0ITEMP~IMH5( 1) 01656p00ITEMP2-ITEMPi.1 01657000IMAXBH( ITEMPi )-IMAXBH( ITEMlP2) 01658000

629 C 0 N T I N U E 01659000NOFXFR-NDFXFR-1 01660C006070 9 9 9 9 9 01561000

C ADO FLIGHT TO TABLE MH5 01662C00630 831FFRE.0)GT ~ 01663000

NOrXFR=NUFXFR+l 01664C00IMAXBHtMH5(NOFXFRI)-l=V2 01 665C006070 9 9 9 9 9 016600

C ERROR - TABLE OVERFLOW. 01667000831 WRITE(6.1023)1V2 01C68c00

6070 g 9 9 g 0 01669000C FIND TICKET COUNTER FOR CORRECT AIRLINE FOR TRANSFER PAX 01669e'25

636 IAIRLN-IMAXBH(MHI (IV2.,G)) 01669050IROtlNO.IMAXBH(M.I( 14.2)) 01669 00INUMTC-IMAXBH(MHB( 14,1)) 01669,50ITEM-PI=IROWNO+l 01669200ITEMP23IROWNO+INUMTC 01669250DO 837 I-ITEMPI.ITEMP2 01669-00IFEIf4AXBm(MH91I.4)).EQ.1AIRLN) GO TO 936 01669-50

637 CONTINUE 01669;00ImITEMPI 01669625ITEMP2=IiMAXBH(MH9( 1.4)) 0166SO30WRITE(6.1029) IAIRLPI.ITEMP2 01(569'35WRITE(6. 033) IV2,1V3 C 669-140

86 IPTNO.XMAXBH(MHc9(I,3)) OIA69'50CALL ASSIGN(2,IPTNO.PH) 01669EOOGO0TO9 99 99 016c9c00

C 01670000C 01671C00

19 C 0 14 T I N U E 01672f"00C 01673C00C. M. I S C E I. L A N E 0 U S G P S S E R R 0 R C 0 N 0 I T 1 0 N C1674C00C 016715C00C CALLED FROM GPSS TO RECORD A VARIETY OF ERROR CONDITIOOIG76(OOC CALLING XAC'S FOUND ON USER CHAIN *ERROR* AT END OF RU01677000C 01679000

IV2xIVALUE(2) 01679C00GOTO(901,902,903.904.905,906,907,908,909,910).IV2 01600000

C NO VEHICLE-PAX MATCH AT DEPLANING CURS 0 68ioOO901 WR!TE(6.1016)IVALUE(3) 01692000

6070 9 9 9 9 9 01683C00C PAX ENTERED DEPLCURB LOGIC WITH GA TX CODE LOGIC NOT CODED TO HANOLM0184CO0

302 WRITE(6.1017)IVALUE(3),IVALUE(4) 01685C006070 9 9 9 9 9 01686000

903 CONTINUE 01687000904 CONTINUE 01608000905 CNTINE OtagrI905 CONTINUE 01690000906 CONTINUE 01690000907 CONTINUE 01692000906 CONTINUE 01692000910 CONTINUE 01693000

GOTO 9 9 99 9 01695000C 01696000C 01697000

B-2-30

20 C 0 N T I N U E 01698000C 0169900C...F 0 R M A T T E D R E P 0 R T S 0170000C 01701000

CIIVALUE(2) 01702000C SEARCH FACILITY TYPES. 0170300

DO 450 1-1,20 0170400NSWTCHuO 0170500K-IMAXBH(MH8(I 1)) 01706000

C BRANCH IF NO FACILITIES FOR TYPE 'To. 01707000IF(K.EO.O)GOTO 450 01708000

C SET DO-LOOP VARIABLES FOR SCAN OF FACILITY TABLE (M9). 0170900JaIMAABH(MHB(I,2)) 01710C00K:K+J 0171100SJ.+l 01712000

C BRANCH TO APPROPRIATE HEADER FOR: 0171300C GATES CHECKIN/TICKETING 01714000C CUSTOMS CAR RENTAL 01715000C SECURIlY IMMIGRATION 01716000C SKIP OTHER FACILITY TYPES. 01717000

GOTO( 400.400,400,450.400,450.450,450,450,450, 01718000* 400,450,400,400.450,450.450,450,450,450). I 01719000

400 IFJNTLINS.GT.O)WRITE(6.1050)((ITITLE(II,JJ).Il1,64).JdJl.NTLINS) 0172000GOfO( 401.402.403,450,405,450,450,450,450,450, 01721C00

A 411,450,413.414,450,450,450,450,450,450), 1 01722000

C BOAROING GATES 0172300401 WRITE(S.1051) 01724000

GOTO 430 01725000C CHECKIN(EXPRESS) 01726C00402 WRITEr6.1052) 01727000

GOTO 430 01728C00C SECURITY 01729C00403 v'.ITEt6.i053) 01730000

GOTO 430 01731000C CUSlOMS 01732000

405 WRITE(6.1055) 0173300GOTO 430 01734000

C CAR RENrAL 0173500041l WRITE(6,1061) 0173600

GOTO 430 01737000C IMMIGRATION 01738000413 WRITEJ6,1063) 01739000

GOTO 430 01740000C TICKETSACHECKIN 0174100414 WRITE(6.1064) 01742000

GOTO 430 01743000C COMPLETE HEADING. THEN CHECK EACH FACILITY OF TYPE 1*. 01744C00430 WRITE(6.1092) 01745000

WRITE(6.1094) 0174600WRITE6,1096) 01747C00NCOUNTaIl NTLINS 01748000ITEMPI-FACOSX(I) 01749000IOUERs4*(I1EMP1-1) 0170c00IOUEIsIQUER+IUER 01751000ISTOXl. (ITEMPI-1) 01752000ITEMPIuITEMPI-FACOSX(1)+1 01753C00DO 455 NuJK 01754000

C CHECK FOR DUMMY FACILITY. 01755000IF(IMAXBH(MH9(N.3)).EQ.O)GOTO 448 01756000NCOUNTvNCOUNT+2 01757000

C CHECK FOR FULL PAGE (55 LINES). 01758000

B-3-31

IF(NCOUNT.LF..55)G010 445 01759000WRITE(6. 1078) 01160000

IF(NTLINS.GT.O)WftITE(6,1050)((ITITLE(ZI,JJ),IIl1 .64)c.Ju1,NTLINS) 01760400G0IO( 421 ,422,423,450,425,4S0,4S0,450,450,450. 01761000

I'j1.450,433,434.425.450,450,450,450.450). I 01162COOC BOARIIN Ut.TLS 01763000

-421 WRITE(6,1051) C 764P00GOTO 443 0 I765000

C CHECKIN(EXPRESS) 01766000*422 WRITE(6,1052) 01167000

GOTO 443 01768000C SECURITY 01769000

423 WRITE(S.1053) 01770C00GOTO 443 0177 :PO0

C CUSTOMS 01772000425 WRLTE(6.1055) 01773 '00

GOTO 443 01 774000C CAR RENTAL 01775000

431 WRITE(6.1061) 01776P00GOTO 443 01777C00

C IMMIG~RATION 01778C00433 WRITE(6.1063) 01779C00

GOTO 443 01780000C TICKETS&CNECKIN 01781000

£34 WRITE(G.1064) 01782C00GOTO 443 01783000

443 NCOUNT-11.NTLINS 01784r00WRITE( 6.1092) 01785C00WRITE(6,I094) 01786000WRITE(6. 10961 01787000

445 ITEMP2-IST0(!STOX.1)+ISTO(ISTOX.2) 01788000C CHECK FOR UNDEFINED NUMBER OF AGENTS. 1000 ARBITRARY NUMBER. 01789000

IFi IlEMP2.GT.1000)ISWdCHwi 01790000ITEMP3rlSTO( ISTOX+6).SCALE 0179100I~tITEMP3.GT.0)GOTO 444 01792000ITEMP4..O 01793000XTEMP5x.. 01794C00ItMPeld:0 01795000

GOr0 446 01797P00444 ITEMP4elSTO(U,TOX,?) 01799C00

XTEMP5-FST0( ISTOX,3)/Cl 01799C00ITEMP6-FST0( ISTOX+3)/ITEMP3 01800000oI Th1P6M I TEMP6,'60 01801000ITMP6S=MOO( ITEMP0,bO) 01802000

446 ITEMP7=IQUE(IGUEI.2)*SCALE 01803000

ITM1OM=0 01 807P00ITMloS--0 01808000GOTO 449 01809c00

447 ITEMPS-IQUE(IOUEZ.7)*SCALE 018 000ocXTEMP9-FQUE( IOUEA42 )*SCALE/CI 01811000ITMPIO.FQUE( I0UER*2)*SCALE/ZTEMP7 01e2000ITMIOM*ITMPIO'i60 01813000ITM1OS-MOO( ITMPIO,60) 01914000

449 WRITE(6,1075)ITEMPI.ITEMP2,ITEMP3,ZTEMP4,xTEMPSITMPM, alsi5000I TMP6S.ITEMP7.XTEMPU.XTEMP9,ZTMIOU,ITMIOS 01816000

443 ITEMPI=ITEMPI,1 01617000IQUER. ZOUER+4 01818000

B- 3-32

IQUEI. 10U5148 01819c00ISTOX=ISTOX+I 1 01820000

465 CO0NT I N UE 01821000WRITE(6.1078) 01822000

C TEST FOR UNDEFINED NO. OF AGENTS. 01623000IF(tNSWTCH.EQ.1 )WRITE(6,1079) 01824000

450 C 0 N T 1 14 U E 01825000C 01826000

GOTO 9 9 9 9 9 01827000C 01828000C 01829000

21 C 0 N T I N U E 01830V00C 0183t000C ... C LO0C K U PD A TE 01832000C 01833000C IVALUE(2) a lIME INCREMENT (SECONDS) 01834000C 01835000

ITEMPi UISAVEH(CLKXH).IVALUE(2)/80 01836000IF(MOD(ITEMPI,100).GE.60)ITEMPlmZTEMP1440 01837000ISAVEH(CLKXH )sITEMPI 01838000GOTO 9 9 9 9 9 01839000

C 01840000.C 01841C00

22 C 0 N T I N U E 01942C00C 01843000C...S NA PS H 0TS 01844000C 01845000C 01846000C STORAGE OUTPUT FLOW 01847000C 01848000

ILS~~lS001849C00ITEMPI ZISAVEH(CLKX4) 01849,00IF(LINSNP.LT.50) GO TO 553 01850000M5s-Vc"*'T 01851000LINSNPaNTLINS 01852000IF(NTLINS.GT.0)WRITE(12,105)((ITITLE(J,J),1.1,64),.Jmt,NTLINS) 01879000

WRITE( 13,1070) 018080OWU5TE 10354 1s02)- 01886000WITEMP( ISVHl 3.10A6) 01884,0

DO4 60 NTI N1,U'E 01886600ItRN0.2,1077IR) P.IEPAl.u.4 01886c80IF(LISNX.LTQ0) GO TO 960 01896V20

.JENTLT.. ISRO- 13.00 )YTE~tJ),l5 4,~l.TI 0188630

WJRCON.i31.ISRN-1)+ 01886120

DONT60 ISTO(IJE TCT 01866!40ISCRO-GISTO( JRCO) 01886,80

FLW((ETTENRTI))(CRCON-CRCON(IRIN.SCAL 01886:20

ENTRCT f R).XENTCT 016600CRCON( N)*XCftCON 01086320TSSOUT(1 )uITEMPI 01866340

B-3-33

TSSOUT(IR+1 )wFLOW 018"2'60C 01806280C QUEUE LF.NGrHS 018860'oOc 01886A20

98S ITOUE-GPQUE( IR) 01860~40IF(ItQUE.EQ.O) GO TO 967 01860*soJQUE*S*( ITQUE-1 ).6 01860~60TSQUE (I IITEMPI Olse6os0TSQUE IIR+ ) xI0UE(J0UE)*SCALE 01686f00

C O1686C-20C HALF-WORD SAVEX'ALUES 01986540

967 ITHLF=GWH4LF(IR) Ql1866'9OIF(ITHLF.EQ.0) GO TO 660 01886F90ISHLP= ISAVEH( ITHIF) 01886592Ft0W.1 ISHLF-jTHLF(IR))*SCALE 01SIIO'94TSHALFf' i)=ITEh Pl 01@96E00TSIIALF(IR+l1).FLOW O IES6F20JTHLF( IR)slSh4F 01886fr4O

660 CONTINUE O1886f6oDO 96Q 11.1,7 01886Cf61JSECrL*IMAXE1HCMHI2(IL)) 0188rjf-62TSFLOW(l)I )~TEMPI 01800e63TSFLOW(IL.1 ):(.SECFL-ISECFL(IL)).SCALE 01886e~64

969 lSECFL(lL)IJSECFL O1896f~e300 972 Ital,15 0 1 96SC-67

JTCKFL-IMAX8IH(VH13( IT)) 01S86,-69TTFLOW(i )=ITEMPI 018036F;71TTFLOWi1T+1)-(JTCKFL-ITCFL(T)).SCALE O1896C~73

973 ITCflFL(IT)-JTCKFL O19886F75IWRITE( 13.1 077) (TSSOUTIIP).IPxl,25) 0iss8l~ioWRITE(.1,O': (T5'4AFIP)IP=2,25) 018864 0WRITE(13, .,P) (T~l4ALFIP).XPu2,25) 01886'40WRITE( 13.1095) (15FLOW( IL) ,ILv2.6) 0 0n.s5sWRITE( 13,1 095) (TTFLOW( IP) , Pu2, 16) 0166~'!5t

WRITE(l'..10971 (TS5OU?(IP),IPml,2S), 018ob592

O(TSHQLE(IP).IP2,25). 0 '880P54

*(ISFLOWC IL), 11.2,9), olsRe.'5

GOTO 0 9 9 9 9 0870

c O18900023 (IAU(2. 2 GON TO 590U 0189"00

PRCSSN 019300

BRNHI FIRST E2 vENTRYalT RA CR 0194300IF u2HNIEo TO TOWE 5TOAG 019400

C RE ISCHANGE CADESRDSOAECPCT 01905000o

I(SERVRS(2).EQ.2) GO To 560 0196000C MNtOPSRES019070000

C CHAGE CRD PRCESSNGB-3-3p4

1: 1 01908000IA. 0 0190900

551 DO 552 L=1,20 01910000IF (SERVRS(I).EO.FACTYP(L)) GO TO 553 01'ol100

552 CONTINUE 01912000GO TO 557 01913000

553 J = FACQSX(L) 01914C00IF (J.EQ.O) GO TO 557 01915000d a J-i 01916000

SS4 I - i+t 01917000IFACNO s SERVRS(I) 01918C00IF (IFACNO.EO.O) GO TO 558 01919(100IF (IFACNO.LT.0) GO TO 551 01920C00IF (IFACNO.GT.NFACSM(L,1)) GO TO 557. 01921000K1 - 11*(J+IFACNO-1)+l 01922(00K2 - K141 01923r00

C CURRENT CONiENTS 0192400ICONT - ISTO(KI) 01925C00

C REMAiNING CAPACITY 01926000IRCAP - ISTO(K2) 019270001 - 1+1 01928C00NEWCAP u SERVRS(I) 01929000IF (NEWCAP.LT.0) GO TO 557 01930000IF (NEWCAP.GE.ICONT) GO 10 555 0193100

C MUST LOWER CAPACITY BELOW PRESENT CONTENTS USING STORAGE CHANGER 01932000C TRANSACTION IN GPSS 01933000

ISTO(K2) a 0 0193400M - M+I 01935000IMAX8H(MH7(M.1)) w .+IFACND 01936000IMAXBH(MH7(M+30,1)) - NEWCAP 0193700GO TO 554 .01938000

C MUST RAISE CAPACITY OR LOWER TO > OR a PRESENT CONTENTS. STORAGE 01939000C CHANGER XAC WILL LEAVE,'ENTER TO RESTART DELAY CHAI 0194000

555 ISTO(K2) a NEWCAP-ICONT 0194100M a M+l 0194200IMAXBH(MH7(M.1)) * J+IFACNO 0194300

C FIX ENTRY COUNT 0194400ISTO(K+5) a ISTO(K1.5)-l 01945o00GO TO 554 01946000

557 WRITE (6,1101) TIME.SERVRS..ML,.3,IFACNOKI,K2, 0194?C00a ICONTIRCAPNEWCAP 0194800CALL LOGIC (LSJOBLS) 01949000GO TO 9 9 9 9 9 0195000

558 00 559 I1130 01951¢00

SERVRSII) 0 0 0195200559 CONTINUE 01953000

ISAVEH(NSCXH) M M 019540050 CONTINUE 0195500

C 01956000C INSERT HERE ADDITIONAL CHANGE OPTIONS 01957000C 0195R00C READ NEXT CHANGE CARD 01959(00

READ (5.1002,END-585) ICARD 0196000NCARD • NCARD+l 01961000LINECT a LlNECT4I 01962P00IF (LINECT.LT.51) GO TO 579 01963000

LINECT a 1 0196400WRITE (6,1005) 01965000

579 WRITE (6,1004) NCARO,ICARO 01966000C ENTER HERE FIRST TIME THROUGH 01967000

580 IF (ICARD(1).NE.ICNAN) GO TO 585 01968000

B-3-35

ICHNGi 1 I 01969000CALL XCOUE (BUFFER,80) 01970000WRITE (10,10021 ICARD 01971000BUFFER(I) a NAMFCH 01972000BUFFER(2) - IAND(BUFFER(2),MASK2)+BLANK2 01973000CALL XCOUE (BUFFER,84) 01974000READ (I0.CH) 01975000IC a ISAVEH(CLKXH) 01976000

C SET ADVANCE TIME 01977000ISAVEF(CHGXF) s 6O*((TIME-(TIME/O0O),40)-(IC-(IC/100).40)) 01978000GO TO 9 9 9 99 01979000

C NO MORE CHANGES 01980000585 ISAVEF(CHGXF) x 1000000 0198100

GO TO 9 9 9 9 9 01982000C 01983000C LOWER STORAGE CAPACITY 01984000C 01985000

590 J a 11*(IVALUE(3)-1)+ 0199G000NEWCAP a IVALUE(4) 01987000NURCAP - NEWCAP-ISTO(J) 01988000IF (NURCAP.GE.0) GO TO 592 01989000ISTO(J+I) = 0 01990000GO TO 9 9 9 9 9 01991000

592 ISTO(J+1) - NURCAP 01992000C STOnAGE LOWERING COMPLETE 01993000

ISAVEH(SLCXH) a I 01994000GO TO 9 9 9 9 9 0199500

C 0199600024 C 0 N T I N U E 01997000

C 01998000C... 0 14 C E S S I 0 N 01?99000C 02000000C IVALUE(2) a CURRENT LOCATION - PH2 02001000C IVALUE(3) a FLIGHT TABLE ROW - PHi 02002000C IVALUE(4) w kANDOM NUMBER FOR CONC. AND LEAVE TIME 02003000C IVALUE(5) a CLOCK - C1 02004000C IVALUE(6) a SWITCH, a1 FOR LOBBY CONCESSION 02005000C m2 FOR CONCOURSE CONCESSION 02006000C IF02007100

IF (NOCONC.EQ.O) GO TO 752 02008000NPTFM •IVALUE(2) 02009C00IFLT IVALUE( 02010000IGAT •IMAXBH(MHI(IFLT,9)) 02011000I a 0 02012000

C DETERMINE SECURITY FACILITY ASSIGNED TO GATE 02013000IF (IVALUE(G).EQ.2) I a IMAXBH(MH9(IGAT,4)) 02014000

C COUNT CONCESSIONS WITH SAME SECURITY 02015000L v INOEXF(15)+l 02016000M w INOEXF(iS)+NOC 4C 02017C0OIC 8 0 02018000DO 751 J-LM 02019000

IF (IMAXBH(MH9(J,4)).EQ.I) IC IC+l 02020000751 CONTINUE 02021000

IF (IC.GT.0) GO TO 753 02022000C NO CONCESSION AVAILABLE 02023000

752 CALL ASSIGN (5,O,PH) 02P24000ISAVEH(TRVXH) a 0 02025000GO TO 9 9 9 9 9 02026000

C SELECT ONE CONCESSION RANDOMLY 02027000753 IRN * MOD(IVALUE(4),IC)+1 02028000

IC * 0 02029000

B-3-36

DO 754 J-L.M 02030000IF (IMAXBHiMH9(J.4)).O.1) IC a IC 1 0203100IF (IC.EQ.IRN) GO TO 755 02032C00

754 CONTINUE 02033(0075S NPTTO a IMAXBH(MH9(d,3)) 02034000

ASSIGN 756 TO NEXT 02035000

GO TO 950 02036000756 ICI - IVALUE(5) 02037000

C COMPUTE WHEN TO LEAVE CONCESSION 02038000ITIM a IMAXBH(MHI(IFLT,6))*60-ICl 0203900IF (IVALUE(6).EQ.1) ITIM a ITIM-LEAVEL-LEAVEV*IVALUE(4)/tOOO 02040P00IF (IVALUE(6).EO.2) ITIM - ITIM-LEAVEC-LEAVEV*IVALUE(4)/1O00 0204100IF (ITIM.LT.0) ITIM - 0 02042000CALL ASSIGN (2.NPTTO.PH. 5,ITIM.PH. ?,JPH, 11.15.PS) 02043,00GO TO 9 9 9 9 9 02044000

C * 02044P2525 C 0 N T I N U E 02044V50

C 02044100C 02044150C...C O N C a U R S E 02044200C 02044250C IVALUE(2)sCURRENT LOCATION (PT. NO.uPH2) 02044200C IVALUE(3)wGATE NUMBER--MHI(PHI.9) 02044250C 0204400

NPTFM.IVALUE(2) 02044050IV3xIVALUE(3) 02044!00ISEC-IMAXBH(MH9(IV3,4)) 02044r50dJINDEXF(3)+ISEC 0204400NPTTO-AIMAXSH(MH9(J,3)) 02044050ASSIGN 920 TO NEXT 02044'00GO TO 950 02044750

920 CALL ASSIGN( 2,NPTTO.PH. 54ISEC.PH 3 0204400GO TO 99999 02044e50

C 02045000C 02046e00

C...W A L K I N G T I M E C A L C U L A T E 0 N 0204700C 02048000C MHG VALUES MAY BE MODIFIED IN ANY DESIRED MANNER HERE,02049CO0

9 0200C0950 IF(NPTOSW.E0.1)GOT0 951 020SiP00

IF(NPTFM.GT.0.ANO.NPTTO.GT.0)GOTO 951 02052(00NPTOSWsI 02053(00WRITE(6.1032)NPTFMNPTTO.IVALUE 02054000

9Si ISAVEH(TRVXH)aIMAXBH(MH6(NPTFMNPTTO)) 02055000ITEMPTuPVAL(PH.9)+ISAVEH(TRVXH) 02056000CALL ASSIGN( 9,ITEMPTPH ) 02057000GOTO NEXT, (309.313,326,338, 020S9C00* 516.521,526.531,536, 02059000* 691.719, 02060000* 727,756, 0206100* 813.856,861.874.920) 02062000

C 02063000C 02064(00C... R R O R A 8 E N D 02065000C 02066000C IF ERROR COUNT EXCEEDS mERRORS" (DEFAULT VALUE 50), 020670O0C PROGRAM WILL TERMINATE. 02068000C 02069000

999 WRITE(6.1999) 02070000CALL LOGIC(LS.JOSLS) 02071000GOTO 9 2 2 9 9 02072000

B-3-37

C o1:73C00C 02074000C 02075000C I C 0 N T I N U E 02076000C 2 C 0 N T I N U E 02077000C 3 C 0 N T I N U E 02078000C 4 C a N T I N U E 02079(00C 5 C 0 N T I N U E 02080o00C 6 C 0 N T I N U E 02081r00C 7 C 0 N T I N U E 02062000C a C 0 N T I N U E 02003000C 9 C 0 N T I N U E 02084000C 10 C 0 N T I N U E C2085000C 11 C 0 N T. I N U E 0208600C 12 C 0 N T I N U E C0087000C 13 C 0 N T I N U E 0208800C 14 C 0 N T I N U E 02089o00C 15 C 0 N T I N U E 0209000C 16 C 0 N T I N U E 02091000C 17 C 0 N T I N U E 02092000C Is C 0 N T I N U E 02093c00C 19 C 0 N T I N U E 02094000C 20 C a N T I N U E 0209500C 21 C 0 N T I N U E 02096000C 22 C 0 N T I N U E 02097P00C 23 C 0 N I I N U E 02099000C 24 C 0 N T I N U E 02099P00C 25 C 0 N T I N U E 02100000C 02101000C 0210200C 0210300099999 R E T U R N 02104P00C 0210500C 02106P00C 02107CO01000 FORMAT(' ERROR IN FLIGHT INPUT DATA CARD.') 021000001001 FOPMAr(/.' WARNING. NO CHECKIN FACILITY DEFINED FOR AIRLINE C002109P00

*E'.13.'. FACILITY OF AIRLINE CODE',13,' USED. RESULTS UNPREOICO2110O0.TACLE.') 02111000

1002 FORMAT(2OA4) 021120001003 FOPMAT(' ERROR IN GEOMETRY CARD. INVALID FACILITY TYPE IN CARD S02113000

*EOUENCE',14,.'2) 02114P001004 FCRMAT(2X.I4,3X.2OA4) 021150001005 FOQMAT(H1,///.15X.'I N P U T D A T A',//) 02116r001006 FORMAT(//.IOX,-E ; D 0 r I N P U T 0 A T A'.//) 02117C001007 FORMAT(/,' WARN.NG. PROBLEM IN *GRIUND TRANSPORT MODE8 LOGIC. 02116r00

* PASSENGER ASSIGNFD TO BUS. CHECK GRTRANSP DATA.') 02119001008 FORMAT(/.' WARNING. ATTEMPT TO EXIT TO BLOCK NUMBER',15,' VIA 02120r00

*"ExIT". RESULTS UNPREDICTABLE. CHECK FJNCTION'.13,.') 02121C00

1009 FORMAT(/.' WARNING. ATTEMPT TO EXIT TO DEPLANING CURB FROM FAC02122¢00hILITY TYPE ',A4.'. RESULTS UNPREDICTABLE.') 02123P00

1010 FORMAT(/, WARNING. PASSENGER ATTEMPTED TO GO TO IMMIGRATION. 02124P00* NO FACILITIES DEFINED. RESULTS UNPREDICTABLE.') 02125000

1011 FORMAT(/,' WARNING. NO IMMIGRATION FACILITY SPECIFIED FOR GATE02126(00o'1.3.'. ',13,' CHOSEN.') 02127000

1012 FORMAT(/,' WARNING. ATTEMPT TO EXIT TO DEPLANING CURB FROM ',A0212800004,'. RESULTS UNPREDICTABLE. CHECK FUNCTION".13,'.') 02129000

1013 FORMAT(/.' WARNING. NO SECURITY FACILITY DEFINED FOR GATE',13.02130000**. SECURITY FACNO I ASSIGNED. CHECK GATE INPUT CARD FOR IPARAM02131000*(2).',/,' THIS MESSAGE WILL NOT REPEAT.') 02132000

1014 FORMAT(/.' WARNING. GATE',14.' NOT DEFINED. CHECK DATA FOR 002133000

B-3-38

4

*EPARTING FLIGHT'.15,'. CATE',14,' USED.',/.' RESULTS UNPREDICro2I34COo*ABLE.',/,' THIS MESSAGE WILL NOT REPEAT.') 02135000

1015 FORMAT(/.' WARNING. iNVALID CALL TO FORIM "PARKING*. PH2-',10213600004.', PH4l1,I5,'. P87s',12,', PB6=',I2,'. RESULTS UNPREDICTABLE.'02137O0

021380001016 FORMAT(/,' ERROR. VEHICLE XAC'.I5.' UNABLE TO MATCH WITH PAX A02139000

$T DEPLANING CURB. CHECK USER CHAIN "ERROR" FOR THIS XAC.', 02140e00*/,' RESULTS UNPREDICTABLE.') 02141%000

1017 FORMAT(/.' ERROR. PAX XAC WITH GROUND TRANSPORT MODE',13.' ENT02142000*ERED BLOCK OPLCO. CHECK USER CHAIN "ERROR" FOR XAC NO',15.'.'. 02143000*/.' RESULTS UNPREDICTABLE.') 02144O0

1018 FORMAT(/,' WARNING. NO FACILITY DEFINED FOR CAR RENTAL AGENCY,02145000* CODE',13.'. FACILITY FOR AGENCY CODE',i3,' usED. RESULTS UNPR02146(000*EDICTABLE.') 02147OO

1019 FORMAT(/,' WARNING. NO CAR RENTAL FACILITIES DEFINED. RESULT02148000*S UNPREDICTABLE. THIS MESSAGE WILL NOT REPEAT.') 02149C00

1020 FORMAAT(///,' WARNING. NO FACILITIES HAVE BEEN DEFINED FOR THE 02150000*FOLLOWING CLASSES:') 02151COO

1021 FOR-AATtIiX,A8) 021520001022 FORMAT(/., EXECUTION CONTINUES.') 02153C001023 FORMAT(/.' WARNING. ADDITION OF DEPARTING FLIGHT. MHI ROW NO'.0215400

*14.' TO TRANSFER FLIGHT TABLE MH5 WOULD HAVE CREATED OVERFLOW COND02155000*ITION.',/.' FLIGHT NOT ADDED. EXECUTION CONTINUES.') 02156000

1024 FO'!MAT(///) 021570001025 FORMAT(' WARNING. POINTX AND POINTY BOTH 0 FOR POINT',14,'.') 021580001026 FORMAT(IIX.'TICKETSdCHECKIN') 021590001027 FOIAATI/,' ERROR. NO TICKETS&CHECKIN FACILITY DEFINED FOR AlRL02160000

*INE CODE'.13.'. FACILIIY OF AIRLINE CODE'.13.' USED.') 021610001028 FOPMAT(/.' ERROR. NO "TICKETSaCHECKIN" FACILITIES DEFINED FOR 02162000

*ENPLANING PASSENGERS. RUN TERMINATED.') 021630001029 FORMAT(/,' ERROR. NO EXPRESS CHECKIN FACILITY DEFINED FOR AIRL02164000

*INE COOE'.13,'. FULL SERVICE FACILITY OF AIRLINE CODE',13.' USED0216500m..) 02166000

1030 FORMAT(tlX.'IMMIGRATION') 021670001031 FORMAT(/,' *-- ERROR IN INPUT DATA. DOUBLE DEFINITION Of '.AS.' 02168000

*NUMOER '.13,'. RUN TERMINATED (SEE FORTM. STATEMENT NO. 269).') 021690001032 FORMAT(/.' 0* NON-POSITIVE POINT NUMBER IN WALKING TIME CALC.'./'02170000

* NPrFM a ',14.'; NPTTO - ',14./,' IVALUE:'.618,/.' RESULTS N02171C00:OT PREOICTABLE. THIS MESSAGE WILL NOT REPEAT.') 02172C00

1033 FORMAT(' FROM SECTION IS - TRANSFER FLIGHT. IVALUE(2)m ',13, 02172'00*' IVALUE(3)w ',13) 0217200

1050 FORMAT(1HI,///.(2X.64A2)) 02173C0O1051 FORMAT( /,38X.'B 0 A R 0 1 N Q Q A T E F A C I L I T Y 0217400

* R E P 0 R T'.///) 02175000

1052 FORMAT( /,36X.'E X P R E S S C M E C K I N F A C I L I T02170000 Y R E P 0 R T'///) 02177000

1053 FORMAT( /.42X.'S E C U R I T Y F A C I L I T Y R E P 0 P02178(00• T'.///) 02179000

1055 FORMAT( /.43X.'C U S T 0 M S F A C I L I T Y R E P 0 R T02180000*',///)02,81C001061 FORMAT( /.34X.'C A R R E N T A L A G E N C Y F A C I L02182000

* I T Y R E P 0 R T'.///) 02183000

1063 FORMAT( /.39X.'I M M I G R A *T I 0 N F A C I L I I Y R E02184r00" P 0 R T'.///) 02185000

1064 FORMAT( /,32X.'T I C K E T I N G A C H E C K I N F A C02186600" I L I T Y R E P 0 R T',///) 02187C00

1070 FORMAT( /.35X.'5 M I N U T E S N A P S N 0 T S'.//) 021880001071 FORMAT(1X.'CLOCK PAX ENTERING PAX LEAVING UAL EXPRESS UAL 02189000

" TICKETING BRANIFF PAk ENTERING CONCOURSE PAX LEAVING CONCO2190000cOURSE') 02190100

'072 FORMAT(IX.'TIME TERMINAL TERMINAL PAX FLOW PA02191000

B-3-39

*X FLOW PAX FLOW',I3,GI4,iX,714,//) 02192C001073 FORMAT(IX,I5.111,I15.113,115,114,IX714.IX.714) 02193C0O1074 FOifMAT(/,2SX,'5 M I N U T E S N A P S H 0 T S 0 F C 0 N G 02194000

*ES T I 0 N A I P 0 1 N 7 S-//) 02195001082 FORMAT(SX,'CLOCK POINT') 02196C00

1083 FORMAT(5X,'CLOCK TIME'.IOX,IUNTD COTL FRNT PRKI SECS SECC SECD021961001') 02196200

1076 FORMAT(IX.'TIME 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 a 9 02197C00* 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Is 19 20 21 22 02198000.23 24',//) 0219800

1077 FnRMATklA1I4,4X,2415) 021990001095 FORMAT(9X.24151 021991001097 FORMAT(10015) 02193:001092 FORMAT(17X,'F A C I L I 1 Y U T I L I Z A T 1 0 N'.30X,'Q U E U 02200COO

*E S T A T I S T I C S',//) 02201001094 FORIAT(4X.'FACILITY NO. OF TOTAL NO. MAX. NO. OF AVG. NO.02202C00

* OF AVG. TIME TOTAL QUEUE MAX. QUEUE AVG. QUEUE AVG. 02203C00*TIME') 02204C00

1096 FORMAT(AX.1 NUMBER AGENTS OF PATRONS AGENTS BUSY AGENTS 802205CO0*USY PER PATRON ENTRIES SIZE SIZE IN QU02206C00*EUE',//) 02207CO0

1075 FORMAT(7X,13,7X.12,7X.14,IOX,12,iiX,FS.2.SX,12,:',12,11X.4,10X. 02208000* 13.9X,FS.2.7X.12,':',I2,/) 02209C00

1078 FORMAT(///,1OX,'(ALL TIMES IN MINUTES:SECONDS)') 02210C001079 FORMAT(/,IOX,'*s INDICATES UNDEFINED (UNLIMITED) NO. OF AGENTS.') 02211001080 FORMAT/,' WARNING. lITLE CARDS LIMITED TO 5. ABOVE TITLE CAR02212COO

*0 WILL NOT BE PRINTED.'./) 02213C001081 FOR!AT(SX.64A1) 02214C001101 FO4?AT(/,% ERROR. CHANGE CARD INCORRECT. RUN TERMINATED.'/ 02215C00

* 1o/(10110)) 02216C001999 FORMAT(///,' *** E R R 0 R E N D ." - PROGRAM TERMINA02217000

*TIHG DUE TO ERROR COUNT EXCEED1NG 'ERRORS'.') 0221F001087 FOR&IAT(2515) 022182001098 FORMAT(5X.14,7XF7.2,5XF7.2,6X.F7.2.5X,F7.2) 02218E001089 FORMAT(IOX,F7.2,5X,F7.2,6X.F?.2.5X.F?.2) 02218C001090 FORMAT(2X,!4,2X.F7.2,2X,F7.2,2X,F7.2,2A.F7.2,2X,F7.2.2X,F7.2,2X, 02218700

XF7.2.2X,F7.2) 02218e00C 02219000

END 02220000

B-3-40

APPENDIX B-4

ALSIM DOCUMENTATION -SUBROUTINES

B-4-1/B-4-2

FORTRAN Subroutine CLINK

Assembler Subroutines CLINK1 and CLINK2

PURPOSE:

These subroutines perform a linking operation, allow-

ing GPSS HELPA blocks to operate as HELPC blocks. Both block

types are used to call FORTRAN subroutines, however, when HELPC

is executed, the called subprogram obtains routine access to

GPSS entities and Standard Numerical Attributes contained in the

B-through G-operands. HELPA blocks normally only provide one

way communication between the GPSS main program and the FORTRAN

subroutines.

The HELPC procedure requires GPSS to construct the

entity address argument list in a specific order each time a

HELPC block is utilized, then GPSS passes control to the FORTRAN

subprogram. This argument list is identical for all HELPC calls.

Using this linking procedure, the subroutines CLINK, CLINK1 and

CLINK2 store addresses of these arguments within the called

FORTRAN subprogram and eliminate the need for constructing the

argument list repeatedly. Any HELPA call executed after use of

these subroutines provides the required access to argument values

for two-way communication between the GPSS main program and the

FORTRAN subroutine.

USAGE;

A FORTRAN subprogram using the capabilities of these

subroutines must contain a secondary entry point. The name of

this entry point must be used as a member of the data set for

B-4-3

link editing. This FORTRAN subprogram must be kept resident in

main memory during similation through use of the LOAD feature

of GPSS and loaded under the name of the secondary entry point.

The entry point name must be used as an alias to the name of the

subroutine. For example, the subroutine LINKC has an entry

point FORTM. The link edited member name would appear as LINKC

(FORTM).

The linking subroutines described here are used to

establish the required argument list addresses of the FORTRAN

subroutine by a two step process. The GPSS program calls the

FORTRAN subroutine CLINK using a HELPC block. This is coded

as in the following example;

HELPC CLINK, 1.

Immediately following this block is a HELPA call to

the entry point of the FORTRAN subprogram requiring access to

GPSS entities and SNA values. Using the previous member names,

an example of this HELPA call is the following;

HELPA FORTM, 1, 1.

The B-operand of the HELPC call may take on any value,

but must be identical to the C-operand of the HELPA block.

The purpose of using these values is to designate a location in

the GPSS fullword save value storage area to temporarily store

the argument list addresses.

The FORTRAN subprogram CLINK contains an argument list

constructed according to the format specified by GPSS. Addresses

of the variables used as arguments will be stored within the

B-4-4

FORTRAN subprogram LINKC and be available for reference when

the subprogram is executed through the entry point FORTM

The following example illustrates the FORTRAN statements

required to utilize the linking subroutines. The FORTRAN sub-

program is named LINKC, as before, and contains the entry point

FORTM as shown.

SUBROUTINE LINKC (IVALUE, ISAVEF, iSAVEH, IFAC, ISTO, FSTO,

*IQtJE, FQUE, ILOG, ITAB, FTAB, IUSE, ItJSEF, FUSE, IMAX, IMAXB,

*IMAXH, IMAXEB, FSAVEL, IMAXL, FMAXBL)

?MEAL *8 FQUE, FUSE, FTAB

INTEGER *2 ISAVEH, ILOG, IUSE, IMAXER.

DIMENSION ivALUE(6), ISAVEF(2), ISAVEH(2), IFAC(2), ISTO(2), FSTO(2),

*IQUE(2), FQUE(2), ILOG(2), ITAB(2), FTAB(2), IUSE(2), IUSEF(2),

*FUSE (2) , !MAX (2) , IMAXB (2) , IMAXH(2), IMAXBH(2), FSAVEL(2),

*IMAXL(2) FMAXBL(2)

RETURN

ENTRY FORTM (IVALUE)

CALL CLINK2

Note that the LINKC argument list contains the B

through G-operands in IVALUE and the GPSS entity reference words,

but this subroutine is not called directly by the GPSS program.

B-4-5

Instead, another FORTRAN subroutine, CLINK, is called by a

HELPC block in the GPSS program. The CLINK argument list is

identical to that of LINKC. Subroutine CLINK will call the

assembler program CLINK1 to store the CLINK argument list in a

fullword savevalue area of GPSS and then return to GPSS.

After CLINK returns to GPSS, an immediate HELPA call

to FOR:M results in a call to CLINK2. The assembler subroutine

CLINK2 subsequently calls LINKC. The argument addresses in

the GPSS fullword savevalue area will be transferred to the

LINKC subprogram and stored, making them accessible every time

a call to FORTM is performed. CLINK2 returns to FORTM which,

in turn, returns to GPSS. The simulation then operates with

HELPA blocks calling the secondary entry point of the FORTRAN

subprogram and performing the same functions as HELPC blocks.

RESTRICTIONS:

These subroutines were written to conform with code

internal to the DAG05 module of the IBM GPSS-V program product.

Attempts to use it with other versions of GPSS may yield un-

predictable results.

Subroutine LINKC violates the constraint that a

FORTRAN subroutine may not call itself or any other subroutine

which subsequently calls it. A FORTRAN compiler more sophisticated

than the !BM G-1, release 2.0 version may prohibit this operation.

Fullword savevalues used to store the argument list of

CLINK should not contain information for retention prior to

calling CLINK. The contents of this area are not retained by

B-4-6

any of these subroutines.

PROGRAM LOGIC:

CLINK

The subprogram CLINK contains an argument list built

by GPSS which references variables in a specified order and

which must be stored in a GPSS savevalue area. Subroutine

CLINK calls assembler subprogram CLINK1 to perform this storage

operation. After CLINK1 returns to CLINK, this subroutine

returns to the GPSS main program.

PROGRAM LOGIC:

CLINK1

This program saves all registers except 13 and

designates 12 as the base register. The GPSS save area address

is obtained from the CLINK save area by displacing register 13 by

4 bytes. The contents of GPSS registers 1 and 10 are obtained at

locations 24 and 60 bytes into the GPSS save area and loaded

into registers 10 and 11, respectively. Register 10 then contains

the address of a 25 word table established by GPSS. The starting

address of GPSS control words is found at a location 24 bytes

within this table. This address is loaded into register 10.

A displacement of 1044 bytes from register 10 contents provides

the address of the starting location of GPSS fullword savevalues.

This address is next loaded into register 10 for later use in

locating an area to store the CLINK argument list.

The GPSS argument list address was obtained from GPSS

register 1 and is now contained in register 11. Contents stored

B-4-7

at this address, which are the address of the B operand of the

GPSS HELPC call, are loaded into register 2. The value, N, of

the B operand is subsequently loaded into register 2 and the

contents are shifted left by 2 bits. This value is added to

the address in register 10. The resulting address used to

store the argument list then begins at a location N words into

the fullword savevalue storage area.

Addresses of the CLINK argument variables, starting

with IVALUE, are loaded into registers 0 through 9. These

addresses are stored in locations beginning at the address

indicated in register 10. Subsequent load and store instructions

place the argument addresses in 21 contiguous fullword savevalue

locations.

The program executes a RETURN macro instruction to re-

store all registers except 13 from the CLINK save area, then

branches back to CLINK.

PROGRAM LOGIC:

CLINK2

Assembler subroutine CLINK2 is called by the FORTRAN

subprogram LINKC from a location following FORTM, the secondary

entry point. Subroutine CLINK2 subsequently calls the FORTRAN

subprogram LINKC, which contains the entry point and the call

to CLINK2.

CLINK2 executes the SAVE macro to store the contents of

all registers except 13 and declares 12 as the base register.

Register 11 is loaded with the address of the FORTRAN subprogram

B-4-8

LINKC, which contains the entry point and the call to CLINK2.

CLINK2 executes the SAVE macro to store the contents

of all registers except 13 and declares 12 as the base register.

Register 11 is loaded with the address of the FORTRAN subprogram

save area from register 13. The starting address of an 18

fullword save area, SAVEA, is loaded into register 13. The address

of SAVEA is stored 8 bytes into the FORTRAN subprogram save area

and the FORTRAN subprogram save area starting address is stored

4 bytes after the address SAVEA. The address of the FORTRAN

subprogram save area is also stored in the first word of the 19

fullword storage area FORTSAVE. The contents of the FORTRAN

save area are also stored in the remaining 18 words of FORTSAVE.

The starting address of the GPSS program save area is

then obtained from the location 4 bytes beyond the start of the

FORTRAN save area and loaded into register 11. The contents of

GPSS register 1, the GPSS argument list starting address, are

obtained and loaded into register 1 from the GPSS save area.

The address of the first argument the B-operand, is obtained

from the location specified by register 1 and is loaded into

register 1. The value of the C-operand is then loaded into

register 1 from the location 4 bytes beyond the address of the

first argument. Register 1 contents are then shifted left by

2 bytes.

The GPSS program savevalue area is again accessed and

the contents of GPSS register 10 are loaded into register 10.

CLINK2 then obtains the starting address of fullword savevalues

B-4-9

in the manner identical to CLINK1 and places it in register 10.

The CLINK argument list address in the fullword savevalue area

is obtained by adding registers 1 and 10 and placing their sum

in register 1.

Because CLINK2,.an assembler program, calls the

FORTRAN subprogram LINKC, a branch to IBCOM is performed to

provide a traceback capability if the program terminates when

the FORTRAN subprogram is operating. Upon return from IBCOM,

the program branches to the FORTRAN subprogram, LINKC.

The fullword savevalue storage address used for storing

the CLINK address list is contained in register 1 at this time.

The argument variables are identical to those of LINKC. When

LINKC is called, the SAVE macro is executed and this address is

saved with other register contents in the save area, SAVEA.

The FORTRAN compiler also obtains the argument list address

stored in the GPSS fullword savevalue area from register 1 and

then stores the addresses of the arguments in contiguous storage

locations within the FORTRAN subprogram LINKC. After performing

this storage function, control is passed back to CLINK2. The

fullwozd savevalue area used to store the argument list is no

longer required for that purpose and is made zero through a

series of load multiple and store multiple instructions.

The address of the FORTRAN subprogram save area,

contained in the first word of FORTSAVE, is placed in register 11.

The contents of FORTSAVE, established by CLINK2 to store the

FORTRAN subroutine save area, are placed in the FORTRAN subroutine

B-4-10

I ...... ...... .. n a .... ............

save area. Register 13 is loaded with the address of the

FORTRAN subprogram save area from the second word of the

CLINK2 save area, SAVEA. The program executes a RETURN macro

to restore registers from the FORTRAN subprogram save area and

returns control to the FORTRAN subprogram.

B-4-11

CLINK

CALLCLINKi

RETURN

CLINK1

SVALREG ISTERSEXEPT 13

DECLARE12 AS

PASE REGISTER

LOAD GPSSSAVE AREA

ADDRESS INTIR5

B-4-12

LOAD GPSSRl INTO Rll

LOAD GPSSRi0 INTO R10

LOAD ADDRESS ORGPSS CONTROL WORDS

INTO R10

LOAD ADDRF.SS OFFULLWORD SAVEVALUES,

INTO R10

LOAD ADDRESS OFFULLWORD SAVEVALUES

INTO RiO

B-4-13

LOAD B ARGUMENT(IVALUE(i)) INTO

R2

SHIFT R2 LEFT 2 BITS

ADD RI0 AND R2TO SET SAVEVALUELOCATION, RESULT

IN RIO

LOAD FIRST 10WORDS OF CLINKARGUMENT LISTIN RO TO R9

STORE FIRST 10WORDS AT LOCATION

BEGINNING ATR10 ADDRESS

LOAD NEXT 10WORDS INTORO TO R9

B-4-14

STORE NEXTTEN WORDS AT

RIO ADDR. & 40 BYTES

LOAD LAST WORDOF CLINK ARGUMENT

LIST INTO RO

STORE LAST WORDAT Ri0 ADDR. & 80 BYTE

RETURN

CLINK 2

SAVE ALLREGISTERSEXCEPT R13

DECLARE Ri12AS BASE REGISTER

B-4-15

PUT FORTM SAVEAREA ADDRESS

INTO Rll

PUT ADDRESS OFSAVEA INTO R13

f STORE ADDRESSOF SAVEA INFORTM SAVE AREA

ISTORE ADDRESS OFFORTM SAVE AREA

IN SAVEA

STORE ADDRESSOF FORTM SAVEAREA IN FORTSAVE

PUT CONTENTS OF

FORTM SAVE AREAIN FORTSAVE

B-4-16

LOAD GPSS SAVEAREA ADDRESS

INTO RIl

LOAD GPSS R1CONTENTS (IVALUEADDRESS) INTO Ri

LOAD IVALUE (2)INTO R1

SHIFT R1 LEFT2 BITS

LOAD GPSS RIOINTO RIO

LOAD ADDRESSOF CONTROL WORDS

INTO R0

LOAD ADDRESSOF FULLWORD

SAVEVALUES INTO RIO

B-4-17

_ .. ... .... . .. .. .

ADD R1 AND RI0FOR START ADDRESSOF CLINK ARG.LISTIN FULLWORD SAVEVALUEAREA RESULT IN Ri

LOAD ADDRESS OFIBCOM INTO R15

BRANCH TO IBCOMAND RETURN

LOAD ADDRESS OFLINKC INTO R15

BRANCH TO LINKC

ZERO R2 THROUGH R6

ZERO FULLWORD SAVE VALUEAREA CONTAII4G CLINK

ARG.LIST

B-4-18

LOAD ADDRESS OFFORTM SAVE. AREAIROM FIRST WORD OFFORTSAVE INTO RII

STORE CONTENTSOF WORDS 2-18OF FORTSAVE INFORTM SAVE AREA

LOAD ADDRESS OFFORTRAN SAVE AREAINTO R13 FROMSAVEA + 4BYTES

RETURN

B-4-19

00000000000 000000000000000000000oooooooooo0 O000 00O000 00~~ooo0 0 ~0Novow-WOm0ooooooooa.-- 00000000-.~jc0000000000 00oo0000 0000000000eloooo000000000 000000000000000000000000o00o00o0 000000000000000000000

-J

Mi -i

in

U.

02

LLC,; -2

C14 owe')

>- I-~

>4 --:-4 aWIl

4 .4( - -n 4-1-

< -. L& Is.- * mn 4C4:2 (A eh I CL-. ( U. >>

-A- 00-.-

4 04 z4x>0 .-- Z; 0 - I

-0- Ww=-N - 0 ----0> 0 (4d eOq---..

~J-J4L4 -C LKV ;C OV C- -- C4 - - - 00a

-az0a.OZIL-Z -jU 0U.*LL .. 0 0- 0

We0 *~0 - w IS- A C0 -J2.-2 -Mi 1 4

w * CLL w.-a

Mi Eu

B-4-20

00000 000000000 000 00000 00 0000000000000000000000000000

0000000000000000000

00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 00 000 0000 000 000 00000000

z z

4K 0 A

cl4 a:c 4xn 0 0 Se-

IA,- -C - -n t

U>-us

4--o cx-1Z (D1

000000000000000000000000000)00000000000000000

00000000000000000000000000 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000

> Wh th V 0.

1.-00~ ' cow

a 4I D- *- u

323 LL 3 0 - 0

Qe~ 0

> u

B-4-22

ASSEMBLER SUBC)UTINE MtNLINK

PURPOSE:

This subroutine provides a method for passing numericalvalues of GPSS-V mnemonics used in the Airport Landside simulationmodel to supporting FORTRAN subroutines during program execution.This feature allows development of FORTRAN subprograms in-dependently without reference to absolute values assigned by theoperation of GPSS-V. Data for output under FORTRAN format controlis also passed from GPSS-V through mnemonic linking. Types ofinformation transmitted are: savevalues, GPSS entity identifiers,numbers of columns of halfword matrices and GPSS program locations.

USAGE:

An explicitly numbered GPSS-V list function containingmnemonics to be passed must be established after the last mnemonicreferenced. A FORTRAN CALL statement to MNLINK must contain theabsolute function number as the first argument. The remainingarguments are positionally identified with GPSS mnemonicsappearing on the list as Y values. It is desirable, though notnecessary, to use similar or identical arguments and Y list names.The lists may be expanded indefinitely.

The list function is placed near the end of a GPSS-Vprogram, as illustrated in the following example:

1 FUNCTION PHI, L4, CMHOI/,.CMH02/, CML02/, CLKXHSTART i,,,iEND

A HELPA or HELPC block transfers control to the FORTRANsubprogram. Generally, the mnemonic link is activated by thefirst FORTRAN call of the simulation. Contained in the FORTRANinstruction set is the call to MNLINK, as shown:

CALL MNLINK(I, CMHOI, CMHO4, CML02, CLKXH).

The numerical value 1 of the first argument is inagreement with the GPSS-V identification number of the listfunction. After the return from MNLINK, FORTRAN argument namesappearina in the CAL statement have the absolute values ofGPSS-V names appearing in correspondinQ positions of thefunction.

B-4-23

RESTRICTIONS:

1. All member names of the argument list mustbe FORTRAN fullword integers.

2. Mnemonics appearing in the list functionmust be unique names, i.e. each mnenomic must be used foronly one purpose.

3. The FORTRAN calling program must be keptloaded with the GPSS program during the simulation orVNLINK must be called each time the FORTRAN subroutineis loaded.

4. The subroutine was written to conform withcode internal to the DAGO5 module of IBM GPSS-V.Attempts to use this assembly program with other versionsof GPSS-V may yield unpredictable results.

PROGRA2M LOGIC:

The MNLINK subroutine executes the SAVE macro to retaincontents of all registers except 13 and specifies 12 as the baseregister. The FORTRAN save area address is obtained from register13. The second word of the area contains the address of theGPSS-V save area and is loaded into register 10. From the GPSSsave area, contents of GPSS registers 2 and 3 are placed in thecorresponding program registers. Contents of GPSS registers 10and 11 are also loaded into MNLINK registers 10 and 11. Thisis performed to locate a GPSS 25 word table and to allow entryinto the GPSS subroutine UNFLOT. In addition, register 14contents are made 4096 greater than those of register 2 asrequired for entry into GPSS routines.

The 25 word table established by GPSS, with a startingaddress in register 10 contains the starting address of UNFLOT.A displacement of 80 bytes into the list points to the startingaddress of the UNFLOT routine. This address is placed in reg-ister 7 and subsequently in the fullword storage defined asUNFLOT.

The address of GPSS control words is contained in thetable at a displacement of 24 bytes. These control words providethe starting address of GPSS entities. A displacement of 1052 bytesin the control word area provides the starting address offunctions. Register 10 is loaded with this address.

B-4-24

The number of the function is the first entry of theFORT'RX argument list and is located at the address containedin recister 1. The function number stored at this address isloaded into register 6.

Because each function occupies 32 bytes, apart fromY values, a left shift of the function number in register 6by 5 bits allows indexing of the function addresses. Afterthe left shift, the required list function address is locatedby adding registers 6 and 10. The number of points or mnemonicsis located 12 bytes into this function area. The value at thisaddress is placed in register 6. The starting address of Yvalues is contained in the first byte and is loaded into register10.

A value of four is stored in register 7 to incrementregisters 1 and 10 through the respective argument list and Yvalue addresses. Register 1 is pointed to the second wordof the argument list. Register 2 is established as a floatingpoint register and the contents are zeroed,

A loop to process the word list begins at the addressNEXTPT. Register 4 is first pointed to the address of thesecond word of the argument list and register 2 is loaded withthe value of the first Y point. The GPSS subroutine UNFLOT iscalled to convert the floating point Y value of the list functioncontained in register 2 to an integer.

The integer portion of the value returned by UNFLOTis contained in register 8 and the fraction portion in number9. The value in register 9, being zero, is ignored. Theregister 8 result is stored in the argument list locationspecified in register 4. Thus the absolute values of theentities contained in the link function are stored in theMNLINK argument list locations for later reference.

The subroutine tests for the end of the argument list.If another mnemonic is to be linked, registers 1 and 10 areincremented by 4 bytes. The list function length is decre-mented by one in register 6 and compared to zero. If register6 is creater than zero, the program returns to NEXTPT whereregister 4 is pointed to the next address in the agrumentlist, and register 2 is loaded with the value of the next Ypoint. If register 4 has a negative sign bite, indicating theargument list end, the program restors the general registersand returns to the FORTRAN callina location.

13-4-2 B

MNLINK

SAVEREGISTERS

USE 12AS BASEREGISTER

GET ADDRESS

OF GPSSSAVE AREAJ

LOAD R2, R3RI0, RII WITH

CORRESPONDING GPSS 1REGISTER CONTENTS

LOAD R14 WITHI

R2 + 4096

V

PET"AND STORE,ADDRESS AND

UNFLOTROUTINE

PLACE ADDRESSI

OF GPSSONTROL WORDS:

IN RIO

A

B-4-26

A

PLACE LOCATIO::

OF FUNCTIONSIN RI0

GET ADDRESS OFP FUNCTION NO. FROM

Ri, PLACE IN R6

LOAD FUNCTIONINUMBER INTO

R6

INCREMENT Ri0BY FUlCTION NUMBER*320 LOCATE LIST FUNCTION

GET NUMBER OFPOINTS AND ADDRESS

OF Y VALUES

SET POINTERTO FIRSTARGUMENT

DEFINE R2 ASFLOATING POINTREGISTER AND ZERO

CONTENTS

B

B-4-27

LOAD R4 "!THNEXTPT AGUMEN T STORED

AT ADDRESS IN R1

LOAD Y VALUE INTOR2

V . , 7 R2

BRANCH TO UNFLOTUNFLOT LO

STORE INTEGER R8VALUE IN R8 ATLOCATION OF 4 -

ARGUMENT

ENDOF YES RETURNARG

"LIST?

TN 0

B-4-28

D

'C

UPDATE ARGUMENT'LIST AND Y VALUE

POINTERS

NO OFN , FUNCTION

LIST?

YES

0v

RETURN

B-4-29

00 0 0 000000 00 000 00 000 000 00000 N"Ncl( mmmP0 0 0 0 0- 0 0 0 00) 0 0 D 0 0 0 0 0 0 ) 0, 0 0D 0 0P 0 0 0 0 0 00 000

0 0 0 0- 0 0 I- C) 0 -0 - u 0 0 C- 0 0 0 Q C, 0C 0 0 0 0 0 0j 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0000000000000000000000000000000000000OO

Ix

0

a: 0 za

9 1. C- ZO;

0 0r- 0.z (n

I- 0 :3 W) Lno u in0 j PI- .1 ;;I. 't x-n 1

cZ LA IZ 1 0 O0 0 0 -- 'V -

lx ZZ a.x 4> z- 4

0 - '

i* 0- a' -- > F0 -.- 0.'100 0

- Cl0CD 400-IN 00 --

tz

I. Z I.-4 ~ 9 lx 0 1 0

I-. m00

z La w z

Assembler Subroutine XCODE

PURPOSE:

This subroutine permits FORTRAN programs to perform

in-core read and write operations. XCODE provides the

capability for rereading input data) and is similar in this

respect to the READRE routine available at many 360/370

installations. However, because it operates on arrays in

main storage instead of on I/O buffers, flexibility may be

attained in performing reformatting operations. A particular

example of this application to NAMELIST data is used in the

Airport Landside Simulation Model.

USAGE:

Subroutine XCODE requires the designation of a data

set reference number and an array to act as a buffer area.

The data set must not be identified by a DD card. The buffer

area array must be large enough to accomodate all read or

write operations involving the designated data set.

XCODE must be called prior to each read or write

operation involving the designated data set. The calling

statement has the following form:

CALL XCODE (array name, length of I/O operation in bytes).

The following example illustrates a use of XCODE.

An 80-column data card is read under an A format into the array

ICARD. The characters are subsequently written into the array,

BUFFER, and reread from this array under a NAMELIST format.

i3-4-31

Character data is used to test for data card type and to

place the NAMELIST special form characters at the beginning

and end of the record. Two card types, PARM and AIRLINE,

are shown in this example. For each of these, a call is made

to XCODE with the arguments BUFFER and buffer size 80. After

the return to FORTRAN, a WRITE statement places the ICARD data

into the BUFFER array.

A subsequent call is made to XCODE with PUFFER and 84

as the array and buffer size arguments, respectively. The

ensuing READ statement uses the 21 words of BUFFER to perform

a NAIMELIST read operation. Device 10 is not specified by a

DD statement.

DIMENSION ICARD (20) , BUFFER (21)

DATA NAMEPA, NAMEAL, NAMEND/' &PA', ' &AL', '&END'/

DATA IPARM, IARLIN, IBLANK/'PARM', 'AIRL', ' 'I/

NAMELIST/PA/BOARDT, GREET, WWGATE, GRGATE, CRBCHK

NAMELIST/AL/LINES, EPCURB, BUSTOP, EXPCHK

BUFFER (21) = NAMEND

101 READ (5, 1000) ICARD

1000 FORMAT (20 A4)

IF (ICARD (1). EQ. IPARM) GO TO 1

IF (ICARD (1). EQ. IARLIN) GO TO 2

1 ICARD (1) = NAMEPA

CALL XCODE .(BUFFER, 80)

B-4-32

WRITE (10, 1000) ICARD

CALL XCODE (BUFFER, 84)

READ (10, PA)

- ICARD (1) = NAIMEAL

ICARD (2) = BLANK


WRITE (10, 1000) ICARD


READ (10, AL)

Input data cards for this examplp are shown below.

Card identifiers do not require the NAMELIST spec_ al form,

but only the literal symbols PARM and AIRLINE. Data items

are treated as keyword parameters using variable names identified

by NAMELIST statements. A blank separates card identifiers and

other symbols. Columns 1 through 80 are available for card

identification plus data.

PARM WWGATE = 19, GRGATE = 12, GREET = 43

AIRLINES LINES = 1, EPCURB = 3, EXPCHK = 70

PROGRAM LOGIC:

XCODE

The subroutine declares 15 as the base register and

saves registers 14 through 3 in the FORTRAN calling program

save area. The addresses of the two calling arguments are obtained

from the argument list address contained register 1 and

B-4-33

loaded into registers 2 and 3 respectively. The value of the

second argument, the buffer size, is obtained from the address

contained in register 3 and placed in that register. Register

2 contains the starting address of the array BUFFER. The contents

of registers 2 and 3 are stored in the 2 fullword storage area

BUFFADDR.

The program then places the entry point address

XCODE2 in register 1, the address CLOAD in register 3, and

branches to CLOAD. Register 3 is declared the base register

and the address of IBCOM is placed in register 15 to satisfy

base register requirements in IBCOM. The program places a

hexidecimal 50 in the location 74 bytes within IBCOM thereby

changing the IBCOM instruction;

L I,VFIOCS

to become,ST I,VFIOCS

The program executes the second instruction and

stores XCODE2 at the address VFIDCS. The LOAD instruction is

restored with a second MOVE IMMEDIATE instruction. XCODE

proceeds back to the branch instruction where it restores

registers 14 to 3 from the save area, zeroes out register 15

and returns to the FORTRAN subprogram.

The next FORTRAN WRITE or READ instruction is processed

by IBCOM. At some point during IBCOM execution, a branching

to the address contained in VFIOCS results in a branch to

XCODE2 because of the previous substitution.

At XCODE2 contents of register 4 are saved at SAVEAREA.

B-4-34

The address of XCODE2 is loaded into register 4 from register

1. Register 4 is declared the base register.

Register 0 contains an address constant from IBCOM.

This value is loaded into register 1. Contents of storage one

byte beyond the location indicated by register 1 are tested

by a test under mask instruction. If the pass through the

XCODE2 section arises from a FORTRAN WRITE statement, branching

to location OUTPUT is executed. At this location, register 2

is loaded with the starting address of BUFFER bytes to be

written onto. The first byte of BUFFER is blanked by a hex '40'.

Subsequent bytes are blanked by decrementing register 3 twice

and executing the MVC instruction at DMOVE. This operation is

performed on the array BUFFER, up to a limit of register 3 con-

tents plus one times. Register 3 is then incremented by two to

again contain the number of BUFFER bytes specified for writing.

At RETURN, the program restores register 4 and places the IBCOM

arguments in register 1. A branch to 6 bytes beyond register 1

contents returns control to IBCOM, where writing of input data

into BUFFER is completed.

A FORTRAN READ statement also causes branching to

XCODE2 from IBCOM. However, the program does not branch to

OUTPUT. Instead, the program loads the address of FIOCS into

register 1 and the address of CLOAD into register 3. XCODE

branches to CLOAD and declares register 3 as the base register.

The address of FIOCS is restored to IBCOM by performing the

instruction at CLOAD and subsequent instructions.

B-4-35

Following this replacement, the program branches

back to place the two fullwords in BUFFADDR into registers

2 and 3. The program branches to RETURN and subsequently

returns control to IBCOM for execution of the in-core read

under namelist format control.

B-4-36

XCODE

SAVE REGISTERSR14 THROUGH R3

LOAD BUFFER STARTAND SIZE ADDRESSESINTO R2 AND R3

LOAD BUFFERSIZE INTO R3

STORE BUFFERADDRESS AND SIZEAT BUFFADDR

LOAD ADDRESSOF XCODE2 INTO RI

LOAD ADDRESS OFCLOAD INTO R3

B-4-37

BRANCH TO R3ADDRESS, PUTADDRESS OF NEXTINSTRUCTION IN R2

RESTORE R14

THROUGH R3

ZERO R15

RETURN TOFORTRAN

B-4-38

XCODE2 SAVE R4 ANDDECLARE ASBASE REGISTER

SIN RUTPUT

LOAD ADDRESS,OF FIOCS JSINTO R1

LOAD ADDRESS

OF CLOAD

INTO R3

BRANCH TOCLOAD RETURNTO NEXTINSTRUCTION

B-4-39

T/

LOAD BUFFERADDRESS, SIZEINTO R2, R3

BRANCH TORETURN

OUTPUT LOAD BUFFER

ADDRESS, SIZEINTO R2, R3

BLANK FIRSTBUFFER BYTE

SUBTRACT TWOFROM R3

EXECUTE MVCTO BLANK BUFFER

B-4-40

RETURN

IRETURN TO IBCOM

B-4-41.

CLOAD STORE CONTENTS OF

R15 IN 2ND WORDOF SAVE AREA

LOAD ADDRESSOF IBCOMINTO R15

CHANGE LOAD TOSTORE INSTRUCTIONIN IBCOM & 74 BYTES

STORE XCODE2 ADDRESSAT VFIOCS IN IBCOM

RESTORE LOADINSTRUCTION INIBCOM + 74 BYTES

BRANCH TOR2 ADDRESS

B-4-42

00000000000000000000O0000000000000

- C14 r 0C 10 1 -C 'Ci1 t 0C-00 0 F C4 Ci -7 U) IDt CD 0 0 -; 046 M

0 00 000000000000000C 00000000000 00000000~~~~~~ C 0 00 0 0 00 0 0 00 0 0 0

0 0 0 000 000 00 000 00000 000000 000 00 0 0 0

0 c

0- - 0 00 UiC 0 Ci a /

0 0 N U.C' w 0 09 U.it it - U .W C'. I 4 D z- U

ut L -0'- , -'Z0 > UJ 0~ M~--w-t o, *o OO -) -0 W L C3~ D

OOCJCI ~ ~ ~ *Wq- -- 03- *1)J V- N0,OO- -

x -t -2 -JL o -wJ-ZxC(A Qv)-2 'I: U)Cr NO0 442

Ou2 ia cw oc- m ( 0 0j0 - o an )-j 30-11- j o i(z

z 0 10 0w U

B.-4-4 3

0000 0000 000 0000 000

0000000000000000000000000000000 000000000000000

TLn to t- cr 0) 0 . CN mj ? Ln to r- m~ 0 -CN C.) - I U'AC',C')C')C')C' C ') IT t v 17 t 11 T I l' .1) U') LI) LA 000 00 0 00 0 0 0 0 00060 ; 0 0 0 00 00 00000000 0 C">0 0 0 000 0000000000000000OC00000000

C10 ~0 1 VW

< 0 Lii - ir -)- - IIT i 0 -f !!< L; 4 Z

Li W 4 - W- mL-i w> ~ - > =-- 0 L

C1 . n i) - J) L

CI C'IOOOCylO0 -0C') --- C--

0.. C 0

>ii 0 )x. c ~ 0 - >X C-. zu- 0 wE CO -J - 0 co 2 0 ' -j :i Lui .1 (n) a coo

Cl Wi 0 0)- a c uOa

iii 0-C .'T0.:p -4 Li.W-.u.

8- 0 0> a

0 u o WL) - 4

B-4-44

FORTRAN FUNCTION - MHBASE MXBASE, MLBASE

PURPOSE:

These functions provide the base addresses of GPSS-V half-word, fullword and floating point matrices used in the FORTRANsection of the airport landside simulation model. Computedbase addresses are used by FORTRAN statement functions tocompute addresses of GPSS-V matrix elements for data insertionand extraction. The use of this function or a similar algorithmfor referencing GPSS matrices by a FORTRAN program is neces-sitated by the incompatibility cf GPSS internal storage withthe FORTRAN array structure. This subprogram and associatedFORTRAN statement functions permit addressing of programmatrix elements by row and column symbols.

USAGE:

This subroutine is link edited with the primary name MHBASEand aliases MXBASE and MLBASE. The only calls to thisfunction occur on the first HELPC call from GPSS. Eachmatrix requires a separate call with the following syntax:

MHBASE (IMAXH,FORTRAN variable = M.XBASE (IMAX, Matrix No., No. of cols.)

MLBASE (IMAXL,

Variables IMAXH, IMAX and IMAXL are arguments passed from GPSSwhen a HELPC call is made. The matrix number is specifiedexplcitly for each call to the function. The number of columnsis initially specified in the GPSS program by an SYN statement.The GPSS symbol used in the statement is identified with theFORTRAN variable representing the number of columns in the.matrix by the mnemonic link functiun. The value assigned tothe GPSS symbol must agree with the number of columns specifiedin the GPSS matrix definition statement.

As an example, a matrix to be utilized in the simulation ishalfword matrix number 2, consisting of 15 rows and 7 columns.The number of columns is identified with the symbol CMH02 bythe following GPSS SYN statement:

CMHO2 SYN 7 NO. OF COL - MH2

The GPSS matrix definition statement establishing halfwordmatrix 2 is the following:

2 MATRIX MH , 15, 7

B-4-45

2

The mnemonic link function must ccr -n a reference to CMCi02;

1 FUNCTIO:; PH!, L 20 K;EMONIC LI:XK FUXCTIO3X, C.OL,!C"MJ402,!C:.H03,/ ....

A positional correspondence between CMHO2 and the variable

ICNH02 is established by the FORTRAN call to MNLINK

CALL MNLINK (1, ICNHOI, ICNHO2, ICZHo3 .........

The call to MHBASE to establish the base address of MH2 isillustrated by the following FORTRAN statement:

11HO2B = MHBASE (IMAXH, 2, ICNHO2)

This base address is used by the following FORTRAN statementfunction to calculate the address of the element in the IR row,IC column of halfword matrix 2.

MH2 (IR, IC) = MH02B + ICNHO2*IR + IC

RESTRICTIONS:

Standard mnemonics and indexing constants used in coding HELPCroutines are used in this function. This subprogram requiresthat versions of GPSS-V used for simulation contain these con-ventions.

PROGRAM LOGIC:

The subprogram name MHBASE is used to designate this function.The calling argument IMAXH is dimensioned 1 as are IMAX andIYAXL. The base address MHBASE of halfword matrix N iscalculated by the following expression:

M.HBASE = IMAXH (6*N-5)/2 - ICN - 1

The variable ICN represents the number of columns in halfwordmatrix N.

At entries MXBASE and MLBASE, base addresses of fullword andfloating point matrices respectively are calculated using ex-ressions of the same form. After each base address calcula-ion the program returns to the calling FORTRAN subprogram.

B-4-46

LL

FUUCTION MIHBASE (INAXH,N,ICN)

COMPUTEMHBASE

RETURN

ENTRY MXBASE (IMAX,N,ICN)

COMPUTEMXBASE

L(

FRETURN

ENTRY MLBASE (IMAXL,N,ICH)

COMPUTEMLBASE

RETURN

B-4-47

0 ~~0 0 0 000)

4

(J A

01- , I~

X -.. j cf l- 1 0-vi t ~( - W

,z w.ct w~

,,:.z u

LU < -T48

ASSEMBLER SUBROUTINE ASSIGNjLOGICiPVAL,;FPVAL

PURPOSE:

This subroutine allows a FORTRAN subroutine calledby a GPSS-V HELPC or HELPA block to perform the function ofthe GPSS ASSIGN block. Furthermore, this subroutine executesthe set and reset functions of the GPSS LOGIC block and obtainsparameter values directly from the currently active GPSS trans-action. This subroutine is called by the FORTRAN subroutine.

USAGE:

This subroutine must be link edited with the nameASSIGN and aliases LOGIC, PVAL and FPVAL. The FORTRAN sub-routine ARGERR must be a member of SYSI. FORTLIB or in a userlibrary concatenated with SYSl. FORTLIB at link edit time.

The calling FORTRAN subprogram must contain the follow-ing statements:

INTEGER * 2 LR, LS, PB, PF, PH, PLINTEGER PVALDATA LR, LS, PB, PF, PH, PL/'LR', 'LS', 'PB', 'PF', 'PH',

'PL'.

During the simulation run, the active GPSS transactioncalls the FORTRAN subprogram through a HELPA or HELPC block.Parameters of that transaction are assigned values by usingthe following call statements in the FORTRAN subprogram;

CALL ASSIGN (parameter number, FORTRAN variable orconstant, parameter type).

Multiple assignments and mixed parameters are valid.This is exhibited in the following example;

CALL ASSIGN (1, 10, PH, 3, XRAY, PL, 1, IVAL, PF, 5,3, PB).

When a logic switch requires a set or reset condition,the FORTRAN program executes the following subroutine call;

CALL LOGIC (logic set (LS)/logic reset (LR), switchnumber)

Multiple sets and resets and mixed types are valid, as

B-4-49

shown in the following call statement:

CALL LOGIC (LS, 1, LS, 3, LR, 4).

When a parameter value of the active.transaction isrequired, the FORTRAN program uses the functions PVAL or FPVAL.The statements used to obtain this value for integer parametersare:

FORTRAN variable = PVAL (type, parameter number),For floating point parameters, the value is obtainedby using FORTRAN variable = FPVAL (PL, parameter number)

The valid PVAL function parameter types are PF, PH, orPB. Floating point parameters, PL, are evaluated by FPVAL.Only one parameter may be referenced in a statement. Thefollowing example returns the value of PH 10 to K:

K=PVAL (PH, 10).

An equivalent floating point example returns the valueof PL5 to XK:

XK=FPVAL (PL, 5).

Errors in the argument lists of ASSIGN, LOGIC, FPVALand PVAL cause branching to subroutine ARGERR, where statementsindicating the problem nature are written. Upon return fromARGERR, the subroutine with the faulty argument list executesa no-op return to FORTRAN without interrupting the simulation.Three errors are recognized:

(1) An invalid parameter type referenced in callingASSIGN, PVAL or FPVAL,

(2), An invalid switching operation specified in a callto LOGIC

(3) An attempt to assign a negative number to an integerparameter when calling ASSIGN.

RESTRICTIONS:

This subroutine branches to code internal to IBM GPSS-Vin performing these functions. Use of any other system mayproduce unpredictable results from this subroutine.

PROGRAM LOGIC ASSIGN:

The program declares the aliases PVAL, FPVAL and LOGICas entries at this subroutine. All registers except 13 are

B-4-50

saved and 12 is declared the base register for this subroutine.The save area address of the GPSS-V main proqram is obtainedfrom the FORTRAN calling subprogram save area at the addresscontained in register 13 plus 4 bytes. Registers 2, 3, 10, and11 of ASSIGN are loaded with the contents of the correspondingGPSS registers.

The constant stored at STPVAL is tested for zero todetermine if ASSIGN has been called previously. A non-zerovalue causes branching to ASSIGNGO. For the zero value con-dition, the program obtains the addresses of the GPSS-V sub-routines STPVAL and PRVAL. These addresses are stored atlocations STPVAL and PRVAL respectively.

At ASSIGNGO, reqister 14 is loaded with contents ofregister 2 plus 4096 to fulfill a condition required foroperation of STPVAL.

Register 10 is loaded with the address of GPSS-Vcontrol words from a 25 word table established by GPSS whenthe FORTRAN subprogram is called. The control word addresswill be used later to locate the number of the transactioncurrently being processed. Register 9 is loaded with thestarting address of STPVAL.

Program location NEXTASGN is the beginning of a loopfor processing the ASSIGN argument list. Register 1 initiallycontains the starting address of this list. Locations of thefirst three entries, which are parameter number, value andtype, respectively, are loaded into registers 6 through 8.The address of the third entry is retained in register 0.Contents stored at the addresses contained in registers 6, 7,and 8 are loaded into these three respective registers.

A-test for a floating point parameter is performed byloading the character stored at PL into register 4 and comparingthis with the parameter type contained in register 8. Theprogram branches to ASGNFLOT if a floating point parameter ispresent.

Before testing integer parameters for type, a test ofthe value to be assigned is required, because fixed point con-stants in GPSS block statements must not be negative. A testis performed on this value, which is contained in register 7.If a negative quantity is found, the program branches to NEGASSGN.

When the value is zero or positive, as normally expected,tests for halfword, fullword or byte parameters are performed byloading the characters stored at PH, PF or PB into register 4 andcomparing these with the contents of register 8. The programbranches to ASGNHALF, ASGNFULL or ASGNBYTE for each respectivecharacter type.

B-4-5)

If none of the above three parameters are presentin register 8, an error condition is recognized. The programplaces a value 1 in register 8 and continues to ASGERRET tobegin an error indication procedure and subsequent return tothe FORTRAN calling program.

This procedure requires branching to the subprogramARGERR. At ASGERRET, the address of the FORTRAN calling pro-gram save area is loaded into register 10 from register 13.An ASSIGN save area of 18 fullwords starting at locationSAVEAREA is defined. Register 13 is used as a linkage registerand is loaded with the address of SAVEAREA. This address isalso stored in the third word of the FORTRAN calling programand the address of the FORTRAN calling program is stored in thesecond word of SAVEAREA.

B-4-52

The error code value 1, contained in register 8, isstored at ERRCODE for use in the argument list when ARGERR iscalled. The address of the argument list ARGLIST, is loadedinto register 1, the argument list linkage register, and theprogram branches to ARGERR. Upon return to ASSIGN, the add-ress of the FORTRAN save area at SAVEAREA + 4 is loaded intoregister 13. Contents of registers 2 through 12 are restoredto values contained when the FORTRAN subprogram called ASSIGN.The program branches back to the calling locations in theFORTRAN subprogram at the address contained in register 14.

For those parameter values previously tested andfound to be negative, the program branched to NEGASSGN. ATthis location an error code value of 8 is loaded into registerB. The program then branches back to ASGERRET to begin theerror return procedure.

At ASGNHALF, ASGNFULL and ASGNFLOT, register 4 isloaded with the respective hexadecimal constants, 10000000,OCOOOQO and 04000000, and a branch to MASKOP is executed. AtASGNBYTE, register 4 is loaded with the hexadecimal constant08000000. The program continues to MASKOP.

The STPVAL entry conditions for register 6 are ful-filled by the OR statement at MASKOP. The transaction numberis placed in register 8 and the program branches to STPVAL.Upon returning to ASSIGN, the program tests for the last ar-gument list'entry by examining the address stored in register0 for a negative sign bit. If the end of the argument listis present, the program branches to RETASSGN.

The program continues processing the argument list byadding 12 to the contents in register 1 and branching back toNEXTASGN.

At RETASSGN the subprogram executes a normal returnto the FORTRAN calling subprogram by executing a RETURN macro.

PROGRAM LOGIC:PVAL and FPVAL

This section of the subroutine contains two entrypoints, PVAL and FPVAL. The FPVAL entry is located at theconclusion of PVAL. FPVAL establishes base registers, stores

B-4-53

the value 4096 at the storage location FLAG, then branchesback to the location FORTSAVE in PVA to begin processing thefloating point parameter.

The PVAL section establishes register 12 as the baseregister. Zero is stored in the fullword location FLAG. Atthe instruction FORTSAVE, the program locates the FORTRAN savearea, then loads registers 2, 3, 10 and 11 with the correspondingGPSS register contents, to prepare for the operation of GPSSsubroutines STPVAL and PRVAL. The initial call to PVAL obtainsthe addresses of these two subroutines and stores them at locaLiojis STPVAL and PRVAL respectively. Subsequent calls testfor a non-zero value at STPVAL and branch to PVALUEGO on thiscondition.

At PVALUEGO, register 14 is loaded with contents ofregister 2 plus 4096 to satisfy a GPSS condition for entry toSTPVAL and PRVAL. The address of GPSS control words is loadedinto register 10 for later use in determining the active trans-action number. The addresses of the parameter number and typeare loaded into registers 5 and 6 from the argument list add-ress in register. The address of PRVAL is loaded into register9.

The parameter number and type are loaded into registers6 and 8 respectively from their storage locations. Register 8contents are tested with the same characters as those in ASSIGNto determine parameter type. Branching to PHALF, PFULL, PFLOATand PBYTE is executed for halfword, fullword, floating pointand byte parameter types respectively. If none of these typesare found, the program continues into an error return area.The error code is given a value 2 and the program executes in-structions identical to those in the ASSIGN error return pro-cedure.

At PHALF, PFULL and PFLOAT locations hexidecimal con-stants are loaded into register 4, then the program branchesto MASKX. At PBYTE the program also loads a hexidecimal constantinto register 5 and continues to MASKX. An OR instructions atMASKX places hexidecimal constants in bits 1-7 of register 6 forbranching to subroutine PRVAL. The currently active transactionnumber is loaded into register 7.

The program branches to the PRVAL start location con-tained in register 9. Upon return, the value of FLAG is testedfor a zero. If FLAG is non-zero, indicating a floating pointparameter, the program branches to FLOATPT. For integer parameters,the program loads the parameter value returned from FPVAL inregister 6 into result register 0, then branches to RETPVALto initiate a procedure for returning to FORTRAN.

B-4-54

... .... ... ........ . -... . .. ....., ,. b .,r ., , ,. . .. . . . . .

At FLGATPT, register zero is declared as a floatinaPoint register by an SDR instruction. The Darameter value isfirst stored at VALUE, then loaded into result register 0.The program ccntinues to RETPVAL.

At RETPVAL all registers except 0 and 1 are restored.The hexidecimal FF flag value is stored at the fourth word ofthe FORTRUN save area to indicate a return condition. Thelast program instruction location executes branching to theFORTRAN calling program return location.

PROGRAM LOGIC:LOGIC

The LOGIC section establishes register 12 as a baseregister, then obtains the address of the GPSS save area fromthe FORTRAN save area. Contents of registers 3,10 and 11 fromthe GPSS save area are loaded into the respective LOGIC programregisters. Register 10 contents, plus a displacement of 24bytes, provide the address of GPSS control words which aresubseauentlv loaded into register 10. A displacement of 1040bytes beyond the control word address provides the startingaddress of the logic switches and this is placed in register 9.

The loop for performing logic switch setting andresetting begins at NXTLOGIC. At this location, addresses ofthe first two words of the argument list are loaded intoregisters 6 and 7 respectively. The address in register 7 issaved at LOGRFPTX. A logic set or reset halfword indicatorand the logic switch number are loaded into reqisters 6 and 7respectivelv, from the addresses contained in those two registers.The logic switch number is also placed in register 4. Register7 is shifted left by 2 bits and register 4 by 1 bit. Theaddition of these in register 7 provides a multiplication by 6,the basic storage byte allocation for logic switches. Thissum is also placed in register 4. Register 6 is examined todetermine if. a switch set or reset is to be implemented andbranches to SET or RESET if the respective characters, LS orLR, are present. If the argument list is erroneous and containsneither character, the program assigns a value of 3 to the errorcode and implements procedures identical to the error routinecoding in ASSIGN.

At RESET, register 0 is zeroed. A value of 4 is addedto the quantity in register 4 (6 * switch number) and theprogram branches to SETRESET. A branch to SET loads thehexidecimal quantity 0014 into register 0, register 4 is in-cremented by 2 and the program continues to SETRESET.

The indicator for a reset or set condition is containedin register 0. Tnis halfword is stored in the first two bytesof the logic switch storage location by the instruction atSETRESET. The program branches to the GPSS chain maintenancearea at 1688 bytes beyond the GPSS base address contained in

B-4-55

LAq

reqister Ii. For a reset condition, the contents of ',tes5 and 6 are loaded into register 7. Register 8 contains thestorage address of the chain holding transactions waiting fora reset condition. This address is stored at bytes 5 and 6.When a logic set is implemented, contents of bytes 3 and 4 areloaded into register 7. The storage location of the chainholding transactions waiting for a set condition is stored inbytes 3 and 4 from register 8.

The argument list address stored at LOGREPTX istested for a negative sign bit. When this occurs, the listis ended and the program branches to LOGICRET. The programcontinues by adding 8 to the contents of register 1 andbranching back to NXTLOGIC. At LOGICRET the program executesthe RETURN macro to return to the FORTRAN calling subprogram.

B-4-56

!j

ASS IGN/T OG IC/PVAL/F?--VAL

SPECIFY 12AS BASEREGISTER

LOAD REGISTERS2, 3, 10 & 11WITH GPSS REGISTERFROM SAVE AREA

TEST

,,,,'CONTENTS,--AT LOCATION

STPVAL FORZERO

GET ADDRESS OFPRVAL, STPVALSTORE AT PRVAL,STPVAL

SET P14 toASSIGN GO

R2 + 4096

LOAD GPSSCONTROL WORDADDRESS INTO R10

LOAD ADDRESSOF STPVAL INTO

B-4-57

LOAD R6 WITH RIADDRESS; R7 WITH R1

NXTLGIC DDRESS PLUS 4 BYTES

SAVE ADDRESS INR7 AT LOGREPTX

LOAD SET OR RESETINTO R6 FROM R6

ADDRESS

LOAD SWITCH NO.INTO R7 FROM R7

ADDRESS

MULTIPLY SWITCHNO. BY 6

PLACE 6*SWITCH NOIN R4 AND R7

B-4-58

NEXTASGN LOAD P-- U .VALUE, 71.7PZ.TYPADDRESSES FROM FORT.FORT.ARG LIST I:'TOR6, R7, R8

7-4-LOAD CONTENTS ATADDRESSES IN R6,R7, INTO R6, R7

7 TESTPARAM.TYPE YES

IN R8 for - iASGNFLOTLOATING PT

NO

'TEST_____PARAM.VALU S,IN R FORYES SET ERRORINEG. CODE TO 8 'NEGASSGN

NO

BRANCH TO

ASGERRET

TESTz PARA-M. TYPEIN R8 FOR YESHALFWORD =ASHL

ASSNHALF

NO

/ TEST "-, PARAM.TYPE " YESIN R8 FOR - ASGNFULLFULWORK "

B-4-59

TESTYEPARAM.TYPE YIN R8 FOR -~ASGNBYTE

BYTE

NO

PLACE AVALUE OF!l INTO R8

LOAD ADDRESS OFFORTRAN SAVE AREA

ASGERRET i(R13) INTO R10

B-4-60

LOAD ADDRESSOF STORAGEAREA SAVEAREAINTO R13

STORE CONTENTSOF R13 ATFORTRAN SAVEAREA ADDRESSPLUS 8 BYTES

STORE ADDRESSOF FORTRAN

SAVE AREA ATSTORAGELOCATIONSAVEAREA +4 BYTES

STORE CONTENTSOF R8 ATERRCODE

LOAD ADDRESSOF STORAGEAREA ARGLISTINTO R1

BRANCH TOARGERR

B-4-61

LOAD R13 WITHFORTRAN SAVEAREA ADDRESSAT SAVE AREA + 4

RESTORE REGISTERSR2 THROUGH R12WITH CONTENTSFROM FORTRANSAVE AREA

T

LOAD RETURNADDRESS INTO R14FROM FORTRANSAVE AREA

BRANCH TO FORTRANRETURN ADDRESS

LOAD ERRORCODE 8

NEGASSGN INTO R8

LOADCONSTANTASGNHALFINTO R4

BRANCH TOASGERRET

BRANCH TOMASKOP

LOADCONSTANTASGNFULL ( AT FULL

i INTO R4

B-4-62

BRA.NC H TO0%AS KOP

LOAD CONSTANTASGNFLOT AT FLOAT

INTO R4

BRANCH TOMASKOP

ASGNYTEI LOADASGNYTECONSTRANT

AT BYTE

MASKOP OR REGISTERS)

LOATRANSACTIONNUMBER INTO

BRANC'H TO7STPVALROUIN

TESTRO FOR YES 'RETURN TOEND OF ARC. ,z0 PROGRAM RETASSGN

LIST

I NO

ADD 12 TOCONTENTS OF R1TO INCREMENTARG LIST POINTER

BRANCH TO

NEXTASGN

ENTRY PVAL

ESTABLISHR12 ASBASE

PVALMAIN ZERO CONTENTS OFRll AND STOREAT FLAG

GET ADDRESS OFFORTSAVE GPSS SAVE AREA

FROM FORTRANSAVE AREA

B-4-64

PLACE CONTENTS OF

GPSS REGS 2,3,10

AND 11. IN R2,R3,RlO,.

TESTCONSTANT NOAT STPVAL PVALUEGO

< FOR

ZERO.

LOAD ADDRESSOF STPVALINTO R6

ISTORE ADDRESS'IN R6

IAT STPVAL

LOAD ADDRESS

OF PRVA.LINTO R6

TORE ADDRESS

IN R6

AT PRVAL

B-4-.65

SET R14 TO

P .VAL EGO R2 PLUS 4096

LOAD ADDRESS OFGPSS CONTROL

WORDS INTO R10

LOAD R5, R6 WITH

WITH

ARGUMENT ADDRESSES

LOAD R9 WITHPRVAL ADDRESS

LOAD R6, R8WITH PARAM,NO. AND TYPE

DOES

RPEHx ZS~ PHALF

NO0

B-4-66

DOESN P8 EQ. Y PFULL

7DOESR8 EQ. Y - PFLOAT

OESR8 EQ.

PB? - PBYTE

NO

SET ERRCODE

EQUAL TO

2

EXECUTE ERRORRETURN IDENTICAL

TO ASSIGN

B-4-67

LOAD CONSTAN-'TPHALF STORED AT HALF

INTO R4

BRANCH

TO

MASKX

PFULL LOAD CONSTANT

STORED AT FULL

INTO R4

BRANCH

TOMVASKX

PFLOAT LOAD CONSTANT

STORED AT FLOAT

INTO R4

BRANCH

TO

MASKX

B-4-68

LOAD CON STAATPBYTE AT BYTE

INTO R4

SET R6 FOR CALL !

MIASKX TO PRVAL BY OR

R6 AND R4

PUT TRANSACTION'

NO. IN R7 FROM

GPSS

BRANCH

TOPRVAL

ZERO R7

LOAD VALUE AT

FLAG INTO RII

B-4-69

A0117 603 TRANSPORTATION SY5TEMS CENTER CAMBRIDGE MA F/6 1/5AIRPORT LANDSIDE. VOLUME V. APPENDIX B. ALSIM SUBROUTINES U)JUN 82 L MCCABE, M GORSTEIN

UNCLASSIFIED DOT-TSC-FAA-2--5 FAA-EM-808- A S

I EHEEHEE

iiif 111112.2

11111".25

MICROCOPY RLSOLUlION T[ts CHART

NANINAL l it . NJl I t

RESTORE REGISTERS

14, 15, 2 THROUGH12 FROM FORTRAN

SAVE AREA

PLACE ONES IN

FIRST BYTE OF R14CONTENTS IN FORTRAN

SAVE AREA

BRANCH TO FORTRAN

RETURN ADDRESS

IN R14

B-4-71

ENTRY

FPVAC

DECLARE R15 AS

BASE REGISTER

LOAD ADDRESS OF

B-4-72IN NT

ENTRY

LOGIC

DECLARE R12 AS

BASE REGISTER

LOAD R3, R10, AND

RII WITH CORRES-PONDING GPSS REG-

ISTER CONTENTS FROMGPSS SAVE AREA.

GET ADDRESS OF

GPSS CONTROL

WORDS FROM RI0

+ 24 BYTES

L ICGET ADDRESS OF

LOGIC SWITCHESFROM CONTROL WORDS+ 1040 BYTES

B-4-73

DOES

LSE SET

L OGICSET

FJO

< DOE S

LR6 EQ YESLR. LOGIC RESET

RESET ~X_ -

NO

SET ERR CODETO 3

EXECUTE ERRORRETURN IDENTICAL

TO ASSIGN

B-4- 74

RESET SET RO TO 0

ADD 4 TO 6*SWITCHNO INR4

BRANCH TOSETRESET

SET PLACE HEX'14' IN RO

ADD 2 TO 6*SWITCH

NUMBER IN R4

SETRESET STORE HALF WORD INRO AT FIRST TWOBYTES OF LOGIC

SWITCH

BRANCH TO GPSS CHAINMAINTENANCE AREA AT)

RII + 1688 BYTES

B4B-4-75

LOAD HALFWORD ATR9 + R4 ADDRESS

INTO R7

FSTORE R8 HALFWORD

INTO R9 + R4 ADDRESS

LOAD LOGREPTXCONTENTS INTO RO

NEG._SIGN - YE BRNHTNEG.SGN YE LOGICRET

RETURN LOG ICRETADD 8TO FORTRAN

TO Ri

BRANCHTO NXTLOGIC

B-4-76

000000000000000000000000000000000

0000000000000000000000 000000000000000000000 00000 000000 000 0000

0 0 00000 000 000 000000 00 000 000 00 0 00 0

0

0 0In

1- Z 0-

z . 4- .9z .I.. z -CO -j " -

.( mUI - 0- -Jo00.- Z4 I-J -0*L

-Z '2Z .- U I .v -

0 I ~0 Lfl.) 1.-04*1a0w >U 'Al4J1 G30

t~ L-> Z~C~J .

-0 4.- 40 , ac0t,- 0

-0. - > i$.- f :Zu--.

Cca WA w "tA-

: - X*5 w C 0 L

(A 0 0 :Ft 0 a-2I- O S - .

z L: ) I 4 to .. * *

w U, m 0 -4-w77-

J)( 000 0 0C * 7L Dt OO 0 0000 000 0000 0Dt O 00

o0 0 00000 0 0Q0000000 000 00000000O0000000000000 0 000 0 0ooooo

000 000 0 000000 000 000 00000000

U .

> 0 zC,. 0

U)J >4

U)If T )L1c J.(

_j C, 3.

u.IC a, ca 0 >-U 0 W "_ 0 . 0

m jJ0 44-.IL 0 0

Z)U If. uj c LL 0 0xLaJ (fl 4

", L1J.~ " LZ -i 1. 1)

- P.- X -n 4(A 'A

0i c4.J. 0 aCL- -:: -C -j

-r V) t 3ii 4 > t

0- CL 0. LI)4 --

-4 P.- c r IC. th >C4 _ :. Uw II 0 CL - X Q 9flf

w I w crzix 4 >1.-.

LL LU - -- (A U41 w 5 ILU CL t.-

2 0

B-4-78

000000000000000000000000000000000000000 000000000000000000000000000000000000 0

000 000 000 00 00000000 0 OC0000000000000000000

(ALUz

000000 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 :3 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 --000 00 000 00 000 00 000 00 000 00 000 0000000000 00 0 0 00 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0

In w mr0 Zi a u n 0 wZ

3 C L U- t. nZ . j 00

z 4C f4 (O n ( a In an 4A 0>

w U- 0 Ix >-It -. D I c l -Cn0 0 ~ L.- 4 441- U. 01- L KL

Ir~~~ ~ ~ mo L 2Dz.L- i c - .00 n lmm>L , Z

. 0- 0 0. I.- In U. .4. j iC 4-0( ( 4'..4 IL4.4 q 4 0 a > w ~ U. co U0-4L w

~~t Z->- -- >- .4 L >0J4-

M s - ->0 X ,Ja CI. Z - 9-! c(Z 0 4r N ifNz wx 7 z z n o V

U!V lL a ( . a .w N C o .W 0

us cc I4r 0:z I- I 2m mm ,I 4 1.t.I-

A ~ ~ ~ ~ B 4-7am(90 wIA-U0

0000000000C~00000 oooo00oo00ooo00000000000000i000000 0 o0oo0oo00o0oo

0O000000000000 0000 ooo0000000000000000000000000000 00000000000000

z I.U I

cc.0 <

w I4 Wl0 0 >

-j -

0 tu >. b.- 4

~Z4I-U w oU4ii-

0 zJ -0 (In = cr w. ,O a. a.

4~ ~ Ul ;q Z ~ 4 JN 0l ) 0 0 (0 -:, "ILL :C _,j U, U. 4 r.) 0,

CZ 4 o w 4 4 I 4 l oc a. C; "I.

V) -9 -9 - C - -- B- -.- 80

00 o0 o 0U000 0, o 00 0 0I00o o

O 000 0000000000000 00000)000000 00000 000

z

> I joi I I i I III'm > - a: r U -

90 -- a: Our j w .UI-V (Ii

0- ~~-C 00 % m

a: 0 A - < I -00.USOI'-OOxL J0.LI

a Q-Ac . I j0 1 M ( rE0~ 0. 0- Ir % < < j0 - tc

0 4-Ih LL 0. 0. L x LL U. t U .O Lf~U.JJ~~ m -

0

Ia<;toIJ t(A3 C': J :

C,* )At

a'4 j - 41 . . 0 - 1 1

to > -Z - U. -A o m> 0 f-4-- >(7

m- TTOU- T TT T -

zzX4

aC- x LflT ( 9- - W-W .o >. 0

-0 > 3J LC a-- 4 . 4<>):~,) It~U C,. 44.e~ - <

a, N Lor~~~> C4~

. .- CLU. -i 4 UU 9- V41 - i

vJ 2 :' DC.L ,_r 4 0 to 4 .4

at a0. 0. 0. zU. L U

03 1 o i -j(n-10 O -iu - o - 5-4-82 l -

0000000000000000000 00000000000000000000000000000000000000o 000000000000000000001000

00000000000)000000000000000 00000 00 00 0000

00000000000000000000000000 0000000000 0000

LL

04u y

4r 0

W3 0 0i W

~~~~ -C Z n (

0nJCfi z C0 (A z z>M -0 _ 4 _j< 0 Q0

-0 00 0 -) 10 3i. <nIX

0- an 4.a x' ;0 -

CY-0 - -N 4i ~ .-0 C. x -. -- ' L- 4jC) I

70 t >0-0 4- 0 UC(-.. 'tW ,,. Ii) 0 *Zm

4 0 U: -. ulf ' *c.? i ' T o -5 *cc m I

a~~z WxW- MO . 4440 M -j 40) -l co La to a in 10 0 -j .J .. j . -i in -j -i - in in 4 -J -J u. wn. 0i -i i in in -j in -1

9

z

B- 4-83

on 000to(3 0 00 m0 0 00 00 n0 000m 0 00 I

000000 0 00 0 0000 00000000000000 0 000000000000000

z~~- C -r ~ C

P.- 0 A ( r( 0( 0( ( 0L 0( 0L 0Lw a ' NNNC

z

c4 -

(04 -N - LU 0 ~ 3 0.(flCI.- )(L(---'0- l) O .J 0

> 1! 1III0~ 0UII.I '1

-C; 070qWJOOO Cfl-W00 -Z -.- )c2

CO-j z.J -j 100- oI - j0 j

I.-U 14c

Wn >cr a,

w W CD 0 %cccA (En (n -J Ln W -

B-4-84

000000000000000000000000?00000 000 00 0000 000

om 0 m m r- lI IN WZInO000o 0 U ,t - -t - -00 0 c m m00 Co 0 0000000 0 0 0000 0 0 0 0 0 000000 -

IZ ~ L' 0 4 0000Du~~l

0 0C>t000J0 --

C') 0 - m 00000NNNC44'

00 0000 000 000 00x000A0c

0 -Jlm vl -----

00000013 '00000000001300. £U)

z LUB&L 85

FORTPAN SUBROUTINE ARGERR

PURPOSE:

This subroutine displays messages when errors in the argumentlists of assembler subprograms ASSIGN, LOGIC, FPVAL and PVALare detected. Recognized errors are:

1. An invalid parameter type referenced in callingASSIGN, PVAL or FPVAL.

2. An invalid switching operation specified in a callto LOGIC.

3. An attempt to assign a negative number to aninteger parameter when calling ASSIGN.

USAGE:

This subroutine is link edited with the name ARGERR. Sub-routines ASSIGN, LOGICPVAL and FPVAL call this subroutineusing the argument ERCODE if the above errors occur. Whenan invalid parameter type occurs in ASSIGN, a value of 1 isstored at ERRCODE, then ASSIGN branches to ARGERR with thisargument value. Invalid parameter types in PVAL and FPVALboth produce an ERRCODE value of 2 before branching to ARGERR.Calls to LOGIC with invalid switching operations specifiedmake ERRCODE equal to 3 and, lastly, attempts to assignnegative numbers to integer parameters in ASSIGN are given anERRCODE value of 8.

RESTRICTIONS:

None

PROGRAM LOGIC:

The program executes a computed GO TO statement and branchesto the appropriate WRITE statement for the condition specifiedby the argument ERCODE. After execution of the WRITE state-ment, the program returns to ASSIGN, LOGIC, FPVAL and PVAL

B-4-86

SUBROUTINE ARGERR (ERCODE)

11WRITE601 -'99

GOTO _____D WRITE(6,103) -99

--. 8

8

WRITE (6,108)

RETUN

B-4-87

000 000 000 00 000000 00 000 00004 0 00 0 00 00 000 00000 000 000000000N00.- e ( c

0 00000000 0000000 00000 000 000000000000000 000000000000 00000 00 00000400000 0000 000

02z 4 0 9xazc 2 i -1 .4

us n 2

20 0 1-

a.. CL wj

wJ w

D L.J LU LL4

a.

(A) > >- (A<I- LUJ 2 2 z 4C

Ca. 0 ~ -.- a. w- w

I.- IU -N. -i 9

i ~ ~ ~ -I ;a 10--6 ~ i0i 4 LU. L- WZ - M LU0 0~. a. V) a.- I. ! 9-no) z LA 0) UU U) ) 0fl-a. 00 -3 z -

L01 23 . 0 u -(A i4 1 * I- * z .0

a. 4 > ulo IM z .- .z s0~z- 0- *0 *2 *a

at LX0 L 0 0 4M 4 aCZ Z( a 0):--.2 0 -0 -LU 1.110 LU -. -4 CE* C *. 2 -a ii Lu1 X V;o0 c 0112 O0 . Nm z z39 - -N0 - -C4 - _-Na

4. - a C4d *N -Na ., -.:) 0-J a. Mm-a r0) U. w-0(- 0w-

WO 04- 0.-Wa.* w-a W.J 4 a

2 = )w > ZOOa.0 (X *0 0 O oOaO 0 LZ

WU -- c'9NC4 coC. SW a)mo 0 0 0 0 01

B-4-88

ASSEMBLER SUBROUTINE BAGS

This subroutine provides a mechanism to simulate the

random delivery of passenger bags. It is called by each de-

planing passenger transaction with one of the argument values

specifying the number of bags assigned to the passenger group.

BAGS assigns a random integer between 1 and 64 to each simula-

ted bag. The value of the largest random number assigned to

the bags of the group is retained by the transaction in PH3.

The number of times each integer occurs is recorded in the 64

element array, MH7. When all transactions from a flight have

completed calling BAGS, elements of MH7 contain the number of

times the corresponding ramdom number between 1 and 64 was

generated. The sum of elements of MH7 is identical to the

number of bags on the flight. The total number of bags for

termination passengers is stored in MHl (PH2,14) and in MHl

(PHI,15) for transfer passengers. The GPSS main program and

FORTM will use the values in the MH7 elements to simulate

the time required for bag delivery. The waiting time of the

passenger transaction will depend upon the number of simula-

ted bags in each MH7 element, the delivery rate and the

highest random number generated for the transaction.

Usage - This subroutine is called by deplaning passenger

transactions in the Deplaning Passenger Logic Section of the

GPSS main program. A HELP block performs the call as shown

in the following example:

B-4-89

HELP BAGS, PHI, FN*PBI4, 4, 3, PB8.

The B-operand defines the MHl row number of the simu-

lated flight deplaned by the transaction. The C-operand

specifies the bag distribution function placed in PB14 and

passes the value selected by the transaction from the dis-

tribution to BAGS. The D- and E-operands specify the number

of the byte and the halfword parameter, respectively, to

place the number of bags assigned to the transaction and

the maximum random number generated by BAGS for the trans-

action. The F-operand identifies the transaction as represen-

ting a terminating or transfer passenger by containing

respective values of 1 or 2.

For the above example, subroutine BAGS, returns with

the number of bags assigned to PB4 and the maximum random

number generated for this transaction in PH3. Elements of

MH7 are incremented by each of the transactions associated

with the flight if PB4 is non-zero. After all deplaning

passenger transactions from the flight have completed the

use of BAGS, the flight transaction, operating in the

Baggage Unloading Logic Module, executes a HELPA call to

FORTM to inspect MH7 and place information about the matrix

in byte parameters. The FORTM program resets the MM7

elementE to zero values. After the return from FORTM occurs,

the flighz transaction resets logic switch DPL1C to allow

deplaning passenger transactions from the next succeeding

flight to execute BAGS.

B-4-90

Restrictions - Subroutine BAGS branches to storage locations

internal to IBM GPSS-V. Use of this subroutine with other

systems may lead to unpredictable results.

Program Logic -

Subroutine BAGS, after executing the SAVE instruction and

declaring register 12 as the base register, tests for the

value at LINKADDR for zero to determine if the subroutine

has been executed previously. If previously used, the

program branches to LINKED. Otherwise it obtains the starting

address of MH7 and stores it at the address LINKADDR.

At LINKED, the program loads the value 4096 into register

14 then adds the contents of register 2 to register 14 to

satisfy an entry condition 'for GPSS subroutine DRAND. The

B-through F-operand values are loaded into registers 4 through

8, then stored at the 5 fullword locations starting at NORAND.

The value of the C-operand is loaded into register 4 and

tested for a zero value. If this occurs, no bags are

simulated and the program returns to GPSS.

For a non-zero C-operand, the program loads the MH7 starting

address into register 10 and the PB8 value into register 0, then

branches to DRAND at location NEXTRAND to produce a random number

using RN8. The random number appears in register 7. The random

number is shifted from 0 to 1000 to a range of 0 to 62 by a right

shift of four bits.

A transfer passenger transaction causes BAGS to branch

to XFER. For the terminating passenger case, the program

B-4-91

continues and increments the MH7 count of occurrences

of the random number. For terminating and transfer passen-

gers the random number selected is compared to contents of

register 9 and retained if larger. At location COUNT the

program performs a test to determine if an additional random

number is to be generated. If true, the program branches

back to NEXTTRAND.

The program places the number of bags in PB4 and the

highest random number in PB3 by using subroutine STPVAL.

It then increments the number of bags in MHI (NORAND, 14)

for terminating passengers or in MHI(NORAND, 15) for transfer

passengers. The program then returns to GPSS.

B-4-92

BAGS

SPECIry 12AS BASERE CU STER

ZERO R0

rOA R4 WITH

LINKADDR

FIRSTCALLLINKED

STORE CONTENTrS

or RO AT GPSSRIO

LOAD ADDRESS OR-GPSS CONTROL WORDS

INTO Ri0

B- 4-93

LOAD STARTING ADDRESSOF HALFWORD

MATRICES INTO RIO

LOAD STARTINGADDRESS OF MR7

INTO RI0

STORE STARTINGADD"ESS OF MH?

IN LINKADDR

RELOAD RIOPROM MPSSRIO

SET UP R14 FOR

LINKED BRANCH TO DRAND

RELOAD RIOFROM GPSSRIO,I

LOAD R4WITH C OPERAND(NO. OF BAGS)

B

B-4-94

RERO R9

ISR4.EQ.O0 YES

NO. BAGS) RETURN

NO

LOAD 8 INTO R6NO. OF R.NGENERATOR

LOAD ADDRESSOFDRAND INTO RI5

STORE RIO CONTENTSIN GPSSARIO

-OAD MH7 START

ADDR. IN Ri0

LOAD PB8 VALUEINTO RO

(TERM. OR TRANSF.)

LOAD 2 INTO i

B-4-95

C

NEXTRAND BRANCH TO DRAND,

SHIFT RANDOM NO. INR7 RIGHT 4 BIT POSITION

RO.EO.2(TRANSFER XPER

(PASS)

LOAD R8 WITH

R7 CONTENTS

CALCULATENO. OF BYTESFROM MH7 START

ADDRESS BY SHIFTINGR8 ONE BYTE LEFT

LOAD CONTENTS

STORED IN MH7 INTO R5

FROM ELEMENT CORRESPONDINGTO CURRENT RANDOM NUMBER

B-4-96

INCREMENT VALUEIN R5 BY ONE

STORE UPDATED VALUEIN '1HI ELE MENT~

I N R7 BY 1; SHIFT

XFE INRMN AD OE ROM 0-63 To 1-64

RADOsO. N

PREVIOUS

IN R9LESSCOUNT

DEHEMNT R7Y N

ES

B-4-97

oil

LOAD R7 WITHCONTENTS OF R91

ARRANGE R6 WITHHEXADECIMAL '10. INBITS 0-7, E OPEgANDIN LOWER ORDER BITS

LOAD ADDRESSOF STPVAL INTO

RlS

RI

LOAD TRANSACTIONNUMBER INTO R8

BRANCH TO STPVAL;STORE R7 VALUE IN HALFWORD

PARAM. DESIGNATED BY E OPERAND

ROAD C OPERAND (NO. OFBAGS) INTO R7

B-4-98

ARRANGE R6 WITH HEX'08'

IN BITS 0-7; D OPERAND IN

LOWER ORDER BITS

BRANCH TO STPVAL:STORE R7 VALUES IN BYTE

PARAM. DESIrNATED BYD OPERAND

LOAD STARTINn ADDRESSOF HALFWORD MATRICES

INTO RIO

LOAD MHI ROW NUMBBR

(B OPERAND) INTO R5

MULTIPLY R5 CONTENTSBY R3; RESULT IN R5

IS STARTING ADDRESS OP BOPERAND ROW)

LOAD P OPERANDINTO RB

B- 4-99

ADD 13 TO R5TERMINATING SAGS

ADDRESS MR1 (PHi,14)

LOAD 2 INTO R9

DOESPASS?

YES

ADD ONE TO RSTRANSFER SAGS

ADDRESS MKl (PH1,1SI

TERM DOUBLE RS CONTENTSCONVERT FROM

HALFWORD TO BYTEFOR ADDRESSING

LOAD C OPERAND(NO. OF BAGS) INTO R6]

LOAD VALUE STOREDIN MHI (PHI, 14 OR 15)

INTO RS

B

B-4-100

ADD R6 TO RBGROUP BAGS ADDED

TO CUMULATIVE

STORE NJEW

TOTAL IN

MliI (Pll, 14 OR15

RETURN

B-4-101

* CALL: HELP SAGS.* FLT NO (MHI ROW NUMBER),* FN- (No OF BAGS DISTRIBUTION).

* *..PB(NO OF BAGS) *** R E T U R 14,* *.sPHIMAX RANDOM NO) *-- R E T U R N.* PBB(TERMINATE OR TRANSFER)

* GENERATES NUMBER OF RANDOM NUMBERS SPECIFIED By B ARG.* HELP BLOCK ASSUMES THAT C & 0 ARGS ARE A RB AND PH NUMBER.* RETURNS NUMBER OF RN'S GENERATED IN C ARG. MAX RN IN 0 ARG.*RANDOM NUMBERS ARE IN THE RANGE 1-64. FOP EACH FLIGHT.* FOR TERMINATING PASSENGERS ONLY. C COUNT IS KEPT OF HOW MANY*TIMES EACH RANDOM NUMBER IS GENERATED. THESE COUNTS ARE*RETURNED VIA MH7. THIS INFORMATION IS SUBSEQUENTLY* PICKED UP BY THE COPY XAC SPLIT TO BAG CLAIM LOGIC WHICH* ALSO RESETS MH7 TO ZEROS.* BAGS FOR GIVEN FLT ARE SUMMED IN MHI, ROW FLTNO:

* PBS EQ 1 -- >VL14 - TERMINATE BAGSPBS EQ 2 -- COL 15 - TRANSFER BAGS

SAGS START 0SAVE (14.12)BALR 12,0USING 0.12SR 0.0L 4,LINKADDRCR 0.4INE LINKEDST 10,GPSSR1OL 10,24(10)L 10,1068(10)L 10,168(10) MH 7ST 10,LINKADDRL 10,GPSSR10

LINKED L 14.=F'4096'AR 14.2LM 4,6,0(10)STM 4.S.NORANDL 4,NORAND+4SR 9,9 MAX RANDOM NUMBERCR 4,9

SE RETURNLA 6, RNSL 15,92(10)Sr 10,GPSSR1OL 10.LINKADORL O.NORAND+e16 PBS VALUELA 1,2 PBS EQ 2 FOR TRANSFER PAX

NEXTRANO BALR 5.15SRA 7,4(0)CR 0,1 TEST FOR TRANSFER PAXBE XFERLR 8,7SLA 8,1(0)LN 5,0(8,10)A 5.zF'I.STN 5.0(8,10)

XFER A 7,*F1'l RN 1-64CR 9,7*NL COUNTLA 9,7 SAVE MAX RN

B- 4-102

COUNT ICT 4.NEXTRANDLR 7,9L 9.-X'100000001 PHL 6.NORAND+12OR 6,9L 1O.GPSSRIOL 15,52(10)L 10,24(10)LH 8,738(10) XAC NOBALR 5,15

L 7,N7?RANO+4L 6.NURANO+BL 9.-XO080000001 PBOR 6.9BALR 5.15L 10,1068(10) NH AREALH 3,30(10) NO OF C-LS IN MH IL 10,24(10) NH 1 ADDRL 5,NORANO FLIGHT (ROW) NUMBERS 5,=F'1MR 4,3 (ROW - 1) 0 NO OF COLSL B,NORAND+16A 5,.F'13' MHI(.,14) FOR TERM PAX SAGS; ADD COL-L 9.-F'2' PB8-2 --- > TRANSFER PAXCR 8.9SNE TERMA 5,=F1I MHI(0.15) FOR TRANSFER PAX BAGS

TERM AR 5.5L 6,NORAND+4LH 8,0(10,5)AR 6,85TH 6,0(10,5)

RETURN RETURN (14.12)NORAND DS 5FGPSSRIO DS IFLINKADOR DC X1OOOOOOOO'

END

B-4-103/104

DATE

ILMEI

1.45 k

new tr ansportation sysltems center cambridge ma f/b … · 2014. 9. 27. · federal aviation...

Documents